“探究学习”课堂教学模式--高三英语复习课案例 (新课标版高考复习英语下册教案教学设计)(（共20篇））由网友“Carlos”投稿提供，下面小编为大家整理后的“探究学习”课堂教学模式--高三英语复习课案例 (新课标版高考复习英语下册教案教学设计)，希望大家能够受用!
篇1：高一下英语词汇复习(新课标版高一英语下册教案教学设计)
1. balance vt/vi/n balance one’s diet
Lose/ keep one’s balance out of balance 失去平衡
adj balanced a balanced diet
2. bear -- bore --- borne 忍受 + n/ doing bear pain
Bore 出生 All men are born equal.
3. bend vt bend a bow 弯弓
Bend one’s mind to work 专心工作
Vi bend to sb/ sb’s will 屈服于某人的意志
4. be on good terms with sb 与某人关系好 Be on bad terms with sb .
terms 关系， 友谊， 地位
They are on familiar terms with each other. 他们彼此很熟悉。
Keep on good terms with sb. 同某人保持友好关系
5. besides adv 此外 I’m too tired to go, besides, it is too late.
Prep 除--- 之外 He didn’t agree with you except some details.
6. bring back 拿回来 bring back to life. 恢复生机
bring about 带来， 造成 bring about great changes.
What brought about his illness?
bring down 使倒下，使下降，打倒，击落
bring down the price /an enemy plane
I’m sure that the medicine will bring your fever down.
bring forth 产生 Weed through the old to bring forth the new. 推沉出新
bring forward 提出， 提议 Bring forward a new design.
bring in 提出， 引进， 获利，收获
bring out 使显现， 阐明， 出版， 生产
Bring out the meaning of a passage. 阐明一段文字的意义
bring up 教育， 培养， 养育， 提出（议题等）
7． bother n 麻烦， 困难
Vt 打扰， 麻烦， 使烦恼， 使难受
I’m busy, don’t _____ me.
A. borrow B. bother C. brother D. brook
vi. 担心，焦急， 费心
Don’t bother about answering this = Don’t bother to answer this.
此信不必回
C
1.call on sb = drop in on sb = visit sb = pay a visit to sb
Call on sb to do sth 号召某人----
Call at sp = drop in at sp =visit sp
Call for 需要， 要求， 去接某人，去取某物
Call in 请来，叫来
Call off 取消， 停止
Call up = ring up 打电话给--- 使回忆起--- The scene called up my childhood.
Call away 叫走
Call back 叫回去， 回电话
Call in 来访。 Call in ,or ring us up. 你可以亲自来，也可以打电话来。
As there was a power cat in the hospital , the surgeon had to _____the operation. A. call for B. call on C. call up D. call off
2． Celebration n 庆祝， 庆典。
V． celebrate 通常指对节日， 生日， 胜利， 结婚的纪念
They are ______ their grandmother’s seventieth birthday.
A. greeting B. joining C. congratulating D. celebrating
greet 表示致敬， 问候等； join 参加，加入
congratulate 祝贺，对象常指人 congratulate sb on sth 因--祝贺某人。
3。 Central a 中央的，中心的
The prime Minister is the central figure in the government.
首相是政府的中心人物。
n centre/center 中心， 中央（多和the 连用）
The city is the commercial ________ of the whole country.
A. middle B. center
center 可用来比喻某一方面占据重要位置 常用 at the center of
middle 通常指事物两端之间的位置， 常用词组为in the middle of
4. cheerful 愉快的， 高兴的
He is ________ in his mind.
A. cheerful B .merry C. glad 他心情愉快。
cheerful 多指人天性乐观， 在任何情况下都保持欣然的态度
merry 多指在节日或其他热闹场所表现出来的快乐情绪
Glad 暂时的喜悦
v. cheer 振奋， 欢呼，喝彩 cheer up. 高兴起来
5. climate
I would rather live in France because of the _______.
A. weather B. climate
climate 指某地区的长时间的天气特征，特别是气温，降雨，刮风等总的气候情况
weather 指某地区短时间内的特殊气候变化，如晴，雨，雪， 暖
6. certain
1) 一种， 一个，指单数 a Mr Smith = some Mr Smith
2) 某一些 certain students =/ some students
3) 确定， 有把握
Be certain of sth 对―――有把握
Be certain to do sth 一定要干某事
Sb be certain that / it is certain that
7. charge get / be / become charged
Vt. 1). 使充电，充满 charge the battery
be charged with = be filled with The bottle is charged with water.
2). 要价，收费 charge sb money for ---- 因―― 而收某人的钱。
He charged me 10 yuan for the book.
3). 控告某人 charge sb with sth The police charged him with driving after drinking.
4). 攻击。 The enemy charged us 3 times.
n. 1）费用 free of charge 免费 hotel charges 旅馆费
2） 管，看管 in charge of ／take charge of 负责
in the charge of 由―― 负责
8. coast on the coast 在海岸 There are many ships resting on the coast.
Off the coast 在海上 There are a number of islands off the coast.
9. comfort
n 1) 安慰，舒适，安逸 （不可数） She finds much comfort in her son.
2) 给予安慰的人／物，使人舒适的事 （可数）
The hotel has many comforts.
A cup of hot milk is a comfort in the cols winter night.
3) in comfort We live in comfort.
Vt I tried to comfort him, but I could say nothing.
Adj comfortable The seat is comfortable to sit in.
adv comfortably.
10. conclusion 结论make/ reach / arrive at/ come to / draw a conclusion 下结论
11. condition
1) cn 条件，状况 in /under a good /bad condition(S)
2) conditions 情形，境况
3） 表示身体的健康状况 （不可数）
in condition 身体健康 out of condition 身体不好。
in the state of 处于某种状态
4） on condition that = if 如果， 在―――的条件下，条件是――
I will lend the book to you on condition that you don’t lend it to others.
12. continue Vt / vi continue to do sth = doing sth =go on with =go on doing =keep on doing
继续做同一件事， go on to do 继续做另一件事。
13. conflict n / vi 矛盾，冲突， 有分歧
In conflict 有矛盾，不一致 in conflict with sb 和――有矛盾／分歧
14．contact n 接触，联系
be in contact with 和―― 接触，有联系be out of contact with sb 脱离接触，失去联系
have contact with sb 和―― 有联系 lose contact with 和――失去联系
15. crazy a
1) be crazy for sth He is crazy for football.
2) be crazy about doing sth 疯狂干―― He is crazy about drinking .
16. cut off 切掉，切断， 突然中止
Cut down 砍倒（树） 削减 cut down on price /smoking
Cut in 插嘴， 突然插入
Cut into 把―― 切成―― ， 侵犯利益
D
1. date back(to )回溯至----
注意： date back to / date from 没有被动语态。多用于一般现在式。
date n 约会 Mary has a date with her secretary.
2. debt n债务 in debt 欠债 out of debt 不欠债
In debt to sb= in sb’s debt 欠某人的债 pay off the debt 还清债务
3．depend on 依靠，信赖， 取决于
1） depend on sb /sth 相信／依靠某人 The price depends on the quality.
depend on sb to do sth 相信某人做某事 We can depend on itto solve the problem.
2）It all depends = That depends on it 看情况而定， 不一定
3）depend on / insist on / ask for / see to it that----
We depend on it that he will come.
4. die down 变弱，平息，消失 （强调结果）
die away （声音，光） 渐渐消失，风渐渐平息 （强调过程）
die out 灭绝，消失
5. direction n 方向，指导
a poor sense of direction 方向感差
in ---- direction = in the direction of --- 朝着―――的方向
in all directions = in every direction 朝四面八方
under the direction of 在―― 的指导下。
follow the direction 听从指导
6．Divide 分，划分，分开
divide between/among /with sb 在--- 之间分
divide sth into 把---分成 divide the apple into halves/ in two/in half
divide 把整体分为几部分
separate 把连在一起的或相邻的分割开
The world is divided into 7 continents.
The Tai wan strait separates Taiwan from Fu jian provience.
7. doubt 怀疑，疑惑 adj doubtful 不相信的，可疑的
n no doubt 无疑地，很可能 beyond a doubt 毫无疑问
Vt 怀疑，不信 I don’t doubt that he’ll come.
Vi 怀疑 + of/about He doubt about everything / He doubt of her success.
Doubt 后宾语从句中关联词的使用
1） 肯定句时， 名词从句用whether/if , when ,what 等连接
I doubt whether he’ll come.
2) 疑问句否定句时， 名词从句用that 连接。
Does any one doubt that it is so? 它原如此，有人怀疑吗？
I don’t doubt that he will come.
Are you _______of success?
A. dreadful B. doubtful C. historical D. miserable
8. dress up 盛装， 打扮， 装饰
1）Dress vt dress sb /oneself 给--- 穿衣服
2）Be dressed in + 衣服，颜色 Dressed in red, he is difficult to recognize.
3) dress up in 穿---来打扮 People here like dressing up in ancient clothes..
4） dress up as 打扮成---的样子 The old man dressed up as Santa clause.
5) dress up for He is dressing up for his birthday party.
E
1. educate vt /vi 教育，培养， 训练
1).educate sb in sth 教育某人 在---方面
Parents should educate children in how to spent money.
2).educate sb to do 教育某人做某事
The teacher educates his students to behave well in class.
3) educate oneself 自学
4）adj educated 受教育的，有教养的
2．endless adj 无穷的，无限的
She is a woman with _____ patience.
A. ending B. endless C. enormous D. large
ending 结局，结尾 enormous 巨大的，庞大的，多指超过限度
large 大的，侧重面积，范围， 容量
2. energy 能量，精力 (不可数) He has much energy.
1）adj energetic 精力旺盛的，有精力的
2） full of energy 精力充沛 burn up energy 燃烧能量
How much energy do you think you will burp up in the relay race?
Heat is a form of _______. A power B. force C. energy
Power 指电力，功率， 权力等
Force 指自然力和人力，也指暴力等影响力
3．Exist vi 存在，生存
There exists a kind of power that can make you win.
N existence
People do not now believe in the _____ of ghosts.
A. birth B . evidence C .existence D. occurrence
4. explain n explanation 解释说明
Explain to sb sth (suggest / express/ announce/ say/metion)
Explain oneself = give reasons
Is there any _____ for his conduct?
A. expression B. explanation C. experiment
F
1. faith 信仰，信赖，诺言，信念
have faith in sb/sth 信任某人，某物
have faith that ----
lose one’s faith 失去信心
adj faithful 忠诚的 be faithful to sb 对某人忠诚
2. fame 名声，名望 rise to fame=come to fame 成功，成名
be famous / well-known for nice scenery/ as a writer / to all of us
As is known to us ,------- = It is known that ----
3. fever 发烧
have /catch a fever/ cold / stomachache/ headache/toothache
4. fasten 栓紧， 抓紧， 使固定
1） fasten---- to --- Fasten the horse to the tree.
2) fasten one’s eyes on 盯着某人看
5. firm adj 动作稳定而有力的，牢固的
Stand firm 坚定立场 ， 坚定不屈
We firmly believe in your leading.
5. fit vt fit sb vi fit to do sth 适合做某事
adj keep /stay fit 保持健康
be fit for sth/sb
6． Focus n （兴趣，活动等）中心，焦点
She always wants to be the focus of attention.
In focus 焦点对准 out of focus 焦点没对准
Focus one’s attention on sth = fix one’s eyes on sth
All eyes were fixed/focused on him.
7． Fortunately adv 反义 unfortunately
Fortunate adj 幸运的 ， 多指由于某种有利的境遇，使人得到未曾预料到的成功或好的机遇。
Lucky更加强调意外或偶然原因而得到成功
He made a ____ decision when he went into adertising.
n fortune 运气， 命运，钱财，财产
Fortune knocks once at everyone’s door. 机会人人有，来了莫放手
Make a fortune 发财
G
1． gain vt 获得，增加gain/get/win the first prize
gain /earn/make one’s living
n 收获，增加 No pains, o gains.不劳无获
A fall into the pit,a gain in your wit. 吃一堑长一智
2． Generation 代
From generation to generation /from generation to another
3. gift 礼物，赠品；天赋，才能。
The album of paintings in this museum is a __from an old professor.
A. gift B.present C.talent
该博物馆的画集是一位老教授捐赠的。
Present与gift都可以做“礼物”讲，可互换，但gift有“捐赠”。
Gobang:五子棋 Go to ! 去你的的意思。 Gift做“天赋”讲时，与talent意思相近。
4．graduate {vt. 毕业。主语一般为学校。
{vi. 毕业 graduate from
{n. 大学毕业生
The university graduated 400 students this summer.
今年夏天，这所大学有400人毕业。
5．guide n. 导游，向导，指南，指导
Vt. 引导，指导。带领。
It was the government that guided the country through the difficulties ahead.
政府引导全国人民克服当前的困难。
guidance n. 指导。
under the guidance of 在…
6. get through
1).通过（检查，测试，海关，议案，方案，计划）
She got through the examination.
The message got through to us at last.这消息终于送到了我们这儿
Get through with one’s work 完成某人的工作
2） 完成
How long did it take you to get through the letter?
We should get through the work ahead of the deadline.
3)get through on the phone. 接通电话
4）度过时间 ，花钱
We got through a fortune while we were on holiday.我们度假花了一大笔钱。
Go through 仔细检查，全面考虑，研究；经历
Go through the items one by one. 逐条研究
Go through two stages. 经历两个阶段。
H
1. handkerchief (pl) ---handkerchieves-handkerchiefs
2. heat
1） n 热， 热量，热烈，压力a heat of five hundred degrees
2） vt heat --- to 把---加热到-- Heat the water to 100, it will boil.
3） n heating 供暖设备
4） adj. heated 热烈的 a heated discussion.
3. hold up 举起， 拿起，举出
1）hold back 阻止 No one can hold back the wheel of history.
Hold sb back from doing sth 阻止某人做某事
2）hold down 压制，镇压。
3）hold in 约束，抑制。 Hold oneself in 抑制自己的感情
4）hold on 电话不挂上
The speaker hold on for a full hour. 演讲得人讲了整整一小时
5）hold on to 抓住---不放； 坚持
In spite of various difficulities, he held on to the dream of returning to his homeland. 尽管困难重重，他始终没有 放弃回到家乡的梦想
6）hold off 不接近，拖延
We hope the rain will hold off till evening.
我们希望这场雨能拖到明天晚上下。
7）hold out 伸出，坚持，不屈服
Hold out till victory. 坚持到胜利
4． honour
1) 荣誉，尊敬， 名誉（不可数）
2）带来荣誉的人或事；荣幸
He is an honor of this school.
It is an honor for me to be invited to the party.
3) in honor of 纪念某人/向某人表示敬意
do sb honor= do honor to sb. 向某人表示敬意
4）。 Vt honor sb 向某人致敬
In order to honor him, I gave him some flowers.
5) sb be honored to do sth 很荣幸的做某事
I am honored to introduce Mr Smith.
I
1. imagination n . 想象， beyond the imagination超乎想象
想象力 have a strong/poor imagination
V imagine + n/pron/doing / 名词性从句
I can’t imagine going there without anybody else.
Adj imaginary 虚构的 imaginative 富有想象力的
2.Injury n 伤害，受伤处
receive/suffer an injury 受伤
do an injury to sb= do harm to 伤害某人
adj injured the injured
4. in order 按顺序，整齐 （反义） out of order
order vt 1） order sb to do sth 要求某人做某事
2).ordered that ----(should ) do
He ordered that he should return next day. （虚拟）
His orders were to return next day., （虚拟）
3） order sth to be done 要求---被做
n 1). Place an order with sb for sth 和某人订购---
2）order from 从----订购
3） obey/break the order 服从/违背
5. inspire vt 鼓励，鼓舞，激发 ，启示
inspire sb sth 鼓励某人
inspire sb to do sth 鼓励某人做某事
His life of childhood inspired this novel.
What he said inspired me to cry.
adj inspiring 令人鼓舞的
Inspired 深受鼓舞的
His inspiring speech made us inspired.
6. intend vt 打算，将要
1). Intend sb to do sth Will you intend to stay long in London?
2) Intend to have done sth=had intended to do 本打算做而没做
I intended to have called on you, But I had an unexpected visitor.
3). Intend that + should do 倾向于---
We intended that the plan should carry out at once.
4). Sth be intended for 为---准备，专供---
These flowers were intended for your mother’s day.
k
1.keep up with 追赶，追上。
catch up with 赶上并超过
keep up 保持，使-不低落 keep up with the spirits.
come up with 提出
L
1． Lean 倚靠，倾斜
lean to/ towards 倾向于某种观点
He leaned to the view that we started of at once.
lean over 俯身在---上
lean on the table 靠着桌子
lean against the wall. 倚墙
2． Location 地方，位置
locate vt 使---坐落于-位于---
Their new house ___ by the river.他们的新房坐落于河边
A.lies in B. location C. is located D .is lied
be located = lie
3．lovely 好看的，可爱的，令人愉快的（口语）
a lovely child / a lovely landscape 明媚的景色
have a lovely afternoon. 过一个愉快的下午
live 活的，有生命的 （与dead 相对）特指动物。
lively 活泼的，活跃的，栩栩如生的，生动的
The article gave a lively description on South American life.
文章对南美的生活做了生动的描述。
living 活着的
alive 活着的，现场直播的
4． Light vt light a candle
Vi The wood is hard to light.
Adj lighted a lighted candle.
light up 照亮，容光焕发，放光
M
1. major
1). 主要的 ，大部分
The major part/ aspect/ person
2). Vi 主修 major in English.
3）专业 I am an English major./ My major is English.
N majority the majority of ---
Compared with the majority, you are lucky.
2. mainly = mostly 主要的，大部分的
Many Europeans are mainly English settlers here.
3. make a good choice
make a fire / make friends with sb/ make noise / make war/ make sure /
make a face /make a face at sb / make fun of
4. make up
1） 组成 5 girls and 6 boys made up the football team.
2） 编造He made up a frightening story to frighten us.
3） = dress up 打扮， 装扮，化装
4） Make up for 弥补 We should make up for the waste time.
5. make use of 利用
They don’t realize the use we made of the information.
他们没有意识到我们对信息的利用
They don’t realize the information we made use of.
6. mild 指生来情绪温和
gentle 指态度使人感到和蔼可亲，意思较mild 强
He could not say no to so many requests because he is a mild person.
对于众多的要求他不能说“不”，因为他是个温和的人
7． Manage 设法，经营，对付
1）. manage =run=operate They managed money well.
2) manage to do =succeed in doing 成功地做了某事
He tried to persuade me to give in, but he didn’t manage to .
3) 与can ,be able to ,could 连用，设法对付，设法办成
In spite of there is much trouble, they could manage to finish the work on time.
4) n manager 经理，经营者 management 管理，经营
8． Method with this method / in this way/ by this means
9. minority 少数的 the minority of
be in the/a minority 少数派
O
1. occur
1). Happen ,take place, come about ,occur
It occurred to me .
2). 出现，呈现= appear
The plants occurred only in Africa.
3). 浮现 A good idea occurred to me.
4). It happened /occurred to sb that 某人突然想起，突然发现---
It occurred to me that we could ask our neighbors to help us
2. operate
1).vt. 管理，经营操作
They operated a small company in the south of England.
It is easy to operate the machine.
2). Vi 运转，起作用
The medicine operates quickly.
3). Operate on/upon 动手术
The doctor operated on the injured man.
The injured man was operated on by the doctor.
3. opinion (不可数)
1). in one’s opinion = in one’s view
2). have a good/bad /worse opinion of sb.
p
1. pace 一步，速度，步调 He stands five paces behind me.
At the pace of three miles an hour 以每小时三英里的速度
At a slow/fast speed 走得快/慢
I f we want to keep up with the high pace of modern life ,we had better learn to make the right choices about what and how we eat.
2. part vi/vt 使分开/分离
Vi part from sb 与某人分开/分离/分手
N 部分；角色，作用； 零件
We are parts of society.
Women are playing an important part in socialist construction.妇女在社会主义建设中起着非常重要的作用。
Part with 放弃，出让 I suggested him to part with the house.
3． pay off 还清债务
pay for 为某物/某人付钱； 付钱买---； 为-付出代价
pay back 偿还，回报
pay up 全部付清，按时还清
One day, you will _____ this foolish behavior.
A. pay B. pay for C. pay back D. pay off
4． Pick up 拾起，捡起；开车接某人
Pick out 挑出，辨别出
Pick on sb 挑剔某人
Pick off 摘下
At 7:30, I’ll drive over to ____ you ___ . Please get ready at that time.
A. pick, on B. pick; out C. pick ; up D. pick; off
The signal for help was ______ by another ship which happened to be at hand.
B.
1. balance vt/vi/n balance one’s diet
Lose/ keep one’s balance out of balance 失去平衡
adj balanced a balanced diet
2. bear -- bore --- borne 忍受 + n/ doing bear pain
Bore 出生 All men are born equal.
3. bend vt bend a bow 弯弓
Bend one’s mind to work 专心工作
Vi bend to sb/ sb’s will 屈服于某人的意志
4. be on good terms with sb 与某人关系好 Be on bad terms with sb .
terms 关系， 友谊， 地位
They are on familiar terms with each other. 他们彼此很熟悉。
Keep on good terms with sb. 同某人保持友好关系
5. besides adv 此外 I’m too tired to go, besides, it is too late.
Prep 除--- 之外 He didn’t agree with you except some details.
6. bring back 拿回来 bring back to life. 恢复生机
bring about 带来， 造成 bring about great changes.
What brought about his illness?
bring down 使倒下，使下降，打倒，击落
bring down the price /an enemy plane
I’m sure that the medicine will bring your fever down.
bring forth 产生 Weed through the old to bring forth the new. 推沉出新
bring forward 提出， 提议 Bring forward a new design.
bring in 提出， 引进， 获利，收获
bring out 使显现， 阐明， 出版， 生产
Bring out the meaning of a passage. 阐明一段文字的意义
bring up 教育， 培养， 养育， 提出（议题等）
7． bother n 麻烦， 困难
Vt 打扰， 麻烦， 使烦恼， 使难受
I’m busy, don’t _____ me.
A. borrow B. bother C. brother D. brook
vi. 担心，焦急， 费心
Don’t bother about answering this = Don’t bother to answer this.
此信不必回
C
1.call on sb = drop in on sb = visit sb = pay a visit to sb
Call on sb to do sth 号召某人----
Call at sp = drop in at sp =visit sp
Call for 需要， 要求， 去接某人，去取某物
Call in 请来，叫来
Call off 取消， 停止
Call up = ring up 打电话给--- 使回忆起--- The scene called up my childhood.
Call away 叫走
Call back 叫回去， 回电话
Call in 来访。 Call in ,or ring us up. 你可以亲自来，也可以打电话来。
As there was a power cat in the hospital , the surgeon had to _____the operation. A. call for B. call on C. call up D. call off
2． Celebration n 庆祝， 庆典。
V． celebrate 通常指对节日， 生日， 胜利， 结婚的纪念
They are ______ their grandmother’s seventieth birthday.
A. greeting B. joining C. congratulating D. celebrating
greet 表示致敬， 问候等； join 参加，加入
congratulate 祝贺，对象常指人 congratulate sb on sth 因--祝贺某人。
3。 Central a 中央的，中心的
The prime Minister is the central figure in the government.
首相是政府的中心人物。
n centre/center 中心， 中央（多和the 连用）
The city is the commercial ________ of the whole country.
A. middle B. center
center 可用来比喻某一方面占据重要位置 常用 at the center of
middle 通常指事物两端之间的位置， 常用词组为in the middle of
4. cheerful 愉快的， 高兴的
He is ________ in his mind.
A. cheerful B .merry C. glad 他心情愉快。
cheerful 多指人天性乐观， 在任何情况下都保持欣然的态度
merry 多指在节日或其他热闹场所表现出来的快乐情绪
Glad 暂时的喜悦
v. cheer 振奋， 欢呼，喝彩 cheer up. 高兴起来
5. climate
I would rather live in France because of the _______.
A. weather B. climate
climate 指某地区的长时间的天气特征，特别是气温，降雨，刮风等总的气候情况
weather 指某地区短时间内的特殊气候变化，如晴，雨，雪， 暖
6. certain
1) 一种， 一个，指单数 a Mr Smith = some Mr Smith
2) 某一些 certain students =/ some students
3) 确定， 有把握
Be certain of sth 对―――有把握
Be certain to do sth 一定要干某事
Sb be certain that / it is certain that
7. charge get / be / become charged
Vt. 1). 使充电，充满 charge the battery
be charged with = be filled with The bottle is charged with water.
2). 要价，收费 charge sb money for ---- 因―― 而收某人的钱。
He charged me 10 yuan for the book.
3). 控告某人 charge sb with sth The police charged him with driving after drinking.
4). 攻击。 The enemy charged us 3 times.
n. 1）费用 free of charge 免费 hotel charges 旅馆费
2） 管，看管 in charge of ／take charge of 负责
in the charge of 由―― 负责
8. coast on the coast 在海岸 There are many ships resting on the coast.
Off the coast 在海上 There are a number of islands off the coast.
9. comfort
n 1) 安慰，舒适，安逸 （不可数） She finds much comfort in her son.
2) 给予安慰的人／物，使人舒适的事 （可数）
The hotel has many comforts.
A cup of hot milk is a comfort in the cols winter night.
3) in comfort We live in comfort.
Vt I tried to comfort him, but I could say nothing.
Adj comfortable The seat is comfortable to sit in.
adv comfortably.
10. conclusion 结论make/ reach / arrive at/ come to / draw a conclusion 下结论
11. condition
1) cn 条件，状况 in /under a good /bad condition(S)
2) conditions 情形，境况
3） 表示身体的健康状况 （不可数）
in condition 身体健康 out of condition 身体不好。
in the state of 处于某种状态
4） on condition that = if 如果， 在―――的条件下，条件是――
I will lend the book to you on condition that you don’t lend it to others.
12. continue Vt / vi continue to do sth = doing sth =go on with =go on doing =keep on doing
继续做同一件事， go on to do 继续做另一件事。
13. conflict n / vi 矛盾，冲突， 有分歧
In conflict 有矛盾，不一致 in conflict with sb 和――有矛盾／分歧
14．contact n 接触，联系
be in contact with 和―― 接触，有联系be out of contact with sb 脱离接触，失去联系
have contact with sb 和―― 有联系 lose contact with 和――失去联系
15. crazy a
1) be crazy for sth He is crazy for football.
2) be crazy about doing sth 疯狂干―― He is crazy about drinking .
16. cut off 切掉，切断， 突然中止
Cut down 砍倒（树） 削减 cut down on price /smoking
Cut in 插嘴， 突然插入
Cut into 把―― 切成―― ， 侵犯利益
D
1. date back(to )回溯至----
注意： date back to / date from 没有被动语态。多用于一般现在式。
date n 约会 Mary has a date with her secretary.
2. debt n债务 in debt 欠债 out of debt 不欠债
In debt to sb= in sb’s debt 欠某人的债 pay off the debt 还清债务
3．depend on 依靠，信赖， 取决于
1） depend on sb /sth 相信／依靠某人 The price depends on the quality.
depend on sb to do sth 相信某人做某事 We can depend on itto solve the problem.
2）It all depends = That depends on it 看情况而定， 不一定
3）depend on / insist on / ask for / see to it that----
We depend on it that he will come.
4. die down 变弱，平息，消失 （强调结果）
die away （声音，光） 渐渐消失，风渐渐平息 （强调过程）
die out 灭绝，消失
5. direction n 方向，指导
a poor sense of direction 方向感差
in ---- direction = in the direction of --- 朝着―――的方向
in all directions = in every direction 朝四面八方
under the direction of 在―― 的指导下。
follow the direction 听从指导
6．Divide 分，划分，分开
divide between/among /with sb 在--- 之间分
divide sth into 把---分成 divide the apple into halves/ in two/in half
divide 把整体分为几部分
separate 把连在一起的或相邻的分割开
The world is divided into 7 continents.
The Tai wan strait separates Taiwan from Fu jian provience.
7. doubt 怀疑，疑惑 adj doubtful 不相信的，可疑的
n no doubt 无疑地，很可能 beyond a doubt 毫无疑问
Vt 怀疑，不信 I don’t doubt that he’ll come.
Vi 怀疑 + of/about He doubt about everything / He doubt of her success.
Doubt 后宾语从句中关联词的使用
1） 肯定句时， 名词从句用whether/if , when ,what 等连接
I doubt whether he’ll come.
2) 疑问句否定句时， 名词从句用that 连接。
Does any one doubt that it is so? 它原如此，有人怀疑吗？
I don’t doubt that he will come.
Are you _______of success?
A. dreadful B. doubtful C. historical D. miserable
8. dress up 盛装， 打扮， 装饰
1）Dress vt dress sb /oneself 给--- 穿衣服
2）Be dressed in + 衣服，颜色 Dressed in red, he is difficult to recognize.
3) dress up in 穿---来打扮 People here like dressing up in ancient clothes..
4） dress up as 打扮成---的样子 The old man dressed up as Santa clause.
5) dress up for He is dressing up for his birthday party.
E
1. educate vt /vi 教育，培养， 训练
1).educate sb in sth 教育某人 在---方面
Parents should educate children in how to spent money.
2).educate sb to do 教育某人做某事
The teacher educates his students to behave well in class.
3) educate oneself 自学
4）adj educated 受教育的，有教养的
2．endless adj 无穷的，无限的
She is a woman with _____ patience.
A. ending B. endless C. enormous D. large
ending 结局，结尾 enormous 巨大的，庞大的，多指超过限度
large 大的，侧重面积，范围， 容量
2. energy 能量，精力 (不可数) He has much energy.
1）adj energetic 精力旺盛的，有精力的
2） full of energy 精力充沛 burn up energy 燃烧能量
How much energy do you think you will burp up in the relay race?
Heat is a form of _______. A power B. force C. energy
Power 指电力，功率， 权力等
Force 指自然力和人力，也指暴力等影响力
3．Exist vi 存在，生存
There exists a kind of power that can make you win.
N existence
People do not now believe in the _____ of ghosts.
A. birth B . evidence C .existence D. occurrence
4. explain n explanation 解释说明
Explain to sb sth (suggest / express/ announce/ say/metion)
Explain oneself = give reasons
Is there any _____ for his conduct?
A. expression B. explanation C. experiment
F
1. faith 信仰，信赖，诺言，信念
have faith in sb/sth 信任某人，某物
have faith that ----
lose one’s faith 失去信心
adj faithful 忠诚的 be faithful to sb 对某人忠诚
2. fame 名声，名望 rise to fame=come to fame 成功，成名
be famous / well-known for nice scenery/ as a writer / to all of us
As is known to us ,------- = It is known that ----
3. fever 发烧
have /catch a fever/ cold / stomachache/ headache/toothache
4. fasten 栓紧， 抓紧， 使固定
1） fasten---- to --- Fasten the horse to the tree.
2) fasten one’s eyes on 盯着某人看
5. firm adj 动作稳定而有力的，牢固的
Stand firm 坚定立场 ， 坚定不屈
We firmly believe in your leading.
5. fit vt fit sb vi fit to do sth 适合做某事
adj keep /stay fit 保持健康
be fit for sth/sb
6． Focus n （兴趣，活动等）中心，焦点
She always wants to be the focus of attention.
In focus 焦点对准 out of focus 焦点没对准
Focus one’s attention on sth = fix one’s eyes on sth
All eyes were fixed/focused on him.
7． Fortunately adv 反义 unfortunately
Fortunate adj 幸运的 ， 多指由于某种有利的境遇，使人得到未曾预料到的成功或好的机遇。
Lucky更加强调意外或偶然原因而得到成功
He made a ____ decision when he went into adertising.
n fortune 运气， 命运，钱财，财产
Fortune knocks once at everyone’s door. 机会人人有，来了莫放手
Make a fortune 发财
G
1． gain vt 获得，增加gain/get/win the first prize
gain /earn/make one’s living
n 收获，增加 No pains, o gains.不劳无获
A fall into the pit,a gain in your wit. 吃一堑长一智
2． Generation 代
From generation to generation /from generation to another
3. gift 礼物，赠品；天赋，才能。
The album of paintings in this museum is a __from an old professor.
A. gift B.present C.talent
该博物馆的画集是一位老教授捐赠的。
Present与gift都可以做“礼物”讲，可互换，但gift有“捐赠”。
Gobang:五子棋 Go to ! 去你的的意思。 Gift做“天赋”讲时，与talent意思相近。
4．graduate {vt. 毕业。主语一般为学校。
{vi. 毕业 graduate from
{n. 大学毕业生
The university graduated 400 students this summer.
今年夏天，这所大学有400人毕业。
5．guide n. 导游，向导，指南，指导
Vt. 引导，指导。带领。
It was the government that guided the country through the difficulties ahead.
政府引导全国人民克服当前的困难。
guidance n. 指导。
under the guidance of 在…
6. get through
1).通过（检查，测试，海关，议案，方案，计划）
She got through the examination.
The message got through to us at last.这消息终于送到了我们这儿
Get through with one’s work 完成某人的工作
2） 完成
How long did it take you to get through the letter?
We should get through the work ahead of the deadline.
3)get through on the phone. 接通电话
4）度过时间 ，花钱
We got through a fortune while we were on holiday.我们度假花了一大笔钱。
Go through 仔细检查，全面考虑，研究；经历
Go through the items one by one. 逐条研究
Go through two stages. 经历两个阶段。
H
1. handkerchief (pl) ---handkerchieves-handkerchiefs
2. heat
1） n 热， 热量，热烈，压力a heat of five hundred degrees
2） vt heat --- to 把---加热到-- Heat the water to 100, it will boil.
3） n heating 供暖设备
4） adj. heated 热烈的 a heated discussion.
3. hold up 举起， 拿起，举出
1）hold back 阻止 No one can hold back the wheel of history.
Hold sb back from doing sth 阻止某人做某事
2）hold down 压制，镇压。
3）hold in 约束，抑制。 Hold oneself in 抑制自己的感情
4）hold on 电话不挂上
The speaker hold on for a full hour. 演讲得人讲了整整一小时
5）hold on to 抓住---不放； 坚持
In spite of various difficulities, he held on to the dream of returning to his homeland. 尽管困难重重，他始终没有 放弃回到家乡的梦想
6）hold off 不接近，拖延
We hope the rain will hold off till evening.
我们希望这场雨能拖到明天晚上下。
7）hold out 伸出，坚持，不屈服
Hold out till victory. 坚持到胜利
4． honour
1) 荣誉，尊敬， 名誉（不可数）
2）带来荣誉的人或事；荣幸
He is an honor of this school.
It is an honor for me to be invited to the party.
3) in honor of 纪念某人/向某人表示敬意
do sb honor= do honor to sb. 向某人表示敬意
4）。 Vt honor sb 向某人致敬
In order to honor him, I gave him some flowers.
5) sb be honored to do sth 很荣幸的做某事
I am honored to introduce Mr Smith.
I
1. imagination n . 想象， beyond the imagination超乎想象
想象力 have a strong/poor imagination
V imagine + n/pron/doing / 名词性从句
I can’t imagine going there without anybody else.
Adj imaginary 虚构的 imaginative 富有想象力的
2.Injury n 伤害，受伤处
receive/suffer an injury 受伤
do an injury to sb= do harm to 伤害某人
adj injured the injured
4. in order 按顺序，整齐 （反义） out of order
order vt 1） order sb to do sth 要求某人做某事
2).ordered that ----(should ) do
He ordered that he should return next day. （虚拟）
His orders were to return next day., （虚拟）
3） order sth to be done 要求---被做
n 1). Place an order with sb for sth 和某人订购---
2）order from 从----订购
3） obey/break the order 服从/违背
5. inspire vt 鼓励，鼓舞，激发 ，启示
inspire sb sth 鼓励某人
inspire sb to do sth 鼓励某人做某事
His life of childhood inspired this novel.
What he said inspired me to cry.
adj inspiring 令人鼓舞的
Inspired 深受鼓舞的
His inspiring speech made us inspired.
6. intend vt 打算，将要
1). Intend sb to do sth Will you intend to stay long in London?
2) Intend to have done sth=had intended to do 本打算做而没做
I intended to have called on you, But I had an unexpected visitor.
3). Intend that + should do 倾向于---
We intended that the plan should carry out at once.
4). Sth be intended for 为---准备，专供---
These flowers were intended for your mother’s day.
k
1.keep up with 追赶，追上。
catch up with 赶上并超过
keep up 保持，使-不低落 keep up with the spirits.
come up with 提出
L
1． Lean 倚靠，倾斜
lean to/ towards 倾向于某种观点
He leaned to the view that we started of at once.
lean over 俯身在---上
lean on the table 靠着桌子
lean against the wall. 倚墙
2． Location 地方，位置
locate vt 使---坐落于-位于---
Their new house ___ by the river.他们的新房坐落于河边
A.lies in B. location C. is located D .is lied
be located = lie
3．lovely 好看的，可爱的，令人愉快的（口语）
a lovely child / a lovely landscape 明媚的景色
have a lovely afternoon. 过一个愉快的下午
live 活的，有生命的 （与dead 相对）特指动物。
lively 活泼的，活跃的，栩栩如生的，生动的
The article gave a lively description on South American life.
文章对南美的生活做了生动的描述。
living 活着的
alive 活着的，现场直播的
4． Light vt light a candle
Vi The wood is hard to light.
Adj lighted a lighted candle.
light up 照亮，容光焕发，放光
M
1. major
1). 主要的 ，大部分
The major part/ aspect/ person
2). Vi 主修 major in English.
3）专业 I am an English major./ My major is English.
N majority the majority of ---
Compared with the majority, you are lucky.
2. mainly = mostly 主要的，大部分的
Many Europeans are mainly English settlers here.
3. make a good choice
make a fire / make friends with sb/ make noise / make war/ make sure /
make a face /make a face at sb / make fun of
4. make up
1） 组成 5 girls and 6 boys made up the football team.
2） 编造He made up a frightening story to frighten us.
3） = dress up 打扮， 装扮，化装
4） Make up for 弥补 We should make up for the waste time.
5. make use of 利用
They don’t realize the use we made of the information.
他们没有意识到我们对信息的利用
They don’t realize the information we made use of.
6. mild 指生来情绪温和
gentle 指态度使人感到和蔼可亲，意思较mild 强
He could not say no to so many requests because he is a mild person.
对于众多的要求他不能说“不”，因为他是个温和的人
7． Manage 设法，经营，对付
1）. manage =run=operate They managed money well.
2) manage to do =succeed in doing 成功地做了某事
He tried to persuade me to give in, but he didn’t manage to .
3) 与can ,be able to ,could 连用，设法对付，设法办成
In spite of there is much trouble, they could manage to finish the work on time.
4) n manager 经理，经营者 management 管理，经营
8． Method with this method / in this way/ by this means
9. minority 少数的 the minority of
be in the/a minority 少数派
O
1. occur
1). Happen ,take place, come about ,occur
It occurred to me .
2). 出现，呈现= appear
The plants occurred only in Africa.
3). 浮现 A good idea occurred to me.
4). It happened /occurred to sb that 某人突然想起，突然发现---
It occurred to me that we could ask our neighbors to help us
2. operate
1).vt. 管理，经营操作
They operated a small company in the south of England.
It is easy to operate the machine.
2). Vi 运转，起作用
The medicine operates quickly.
3). Operate on/upon 动手术
The doctor operated on the injured man.
The injured man was operated on by the doctor.
3. opinion (不可数)
1). in one’s opinion = in one’s view
2). have a good/bad /worse opinion of sb.
p
1. pace 一步，速度，步调 He stands five paces behind me.
At the pace of three miles an hour 以每小时三英里的速度
At a slow/fast speed 走得快/慢
I f we want to keep up with the high pace of modern life ,we had better learn to make the right choices about what and how we eat.
2. part vi/vt 使分开/分离
Vi part from sb 与某人分开/分离/分手
N 部分；角色，作用； 零件
We are parts of society.
Women are playing an important part in socialist construction.妇女在社会主义建设中起着非常重要的作用。
Part with 放弃，出让 I suggested him to part with the house.
3． pay off 还清债务
pay for 为某物/某人付钱； 付钱买---； 为-付出代价
pay back 偿还，回报
pay up 全部付清，按时还清
One day, you will _____ this foolish behavior.
A. pay B. pay for C. pay back D. pay off
4． Pick up 拾起，捡起；开车接某人
Pick out 挑出，辨别出
Pick on sb 挑剔某人
Pick off 摘下
At 7:30, I’ll drive over to ____ you ___ . Please get ready at that time.
A. pick, on B. pick; out C. pick ; up D. pick; off
The signal for help was ______ by another ship which happened to be at hand.
B.
1. balance vt/vi/n balance one’s diet
Lose/ keep one’s balance out of balance 失去平衡
adj balanced a balanced diet
2. bear -- bore --- borne 忍受 + n/ doing bear pain
Bore 出生 All men are born equal.
3. bend vt bend a bow 弯弓
Bend one’s mind to work 专心工作
Vi bend to sb/ sb’s will 屈服于某人的意志
4. be on good terms with sb 与某人关系好 Be on bad terms with sb .
terms 关系， 友谊， 地位
They are on familiar terms with each other. 他们彼此很熟悉。
Keep on good terms with sb. 同某人保持友好关系
5. besides adv 此外 I’m too tired to go, besides, it is too late.
Prep 除--- 之外 He didn’t agree with you except some details.
6. bring back 拿回来 bring back to life. 恢复生机
bring about 带来， 造成 bring about great changes.
What brought about his illness?
bring down 使倒下，使下降，打倒，击落
bring down the price /an enemy plane
I’m sure that the medicine will bring your fever down.
bring forth 产生 Weed through the old to bring forth the new. 推沉出新
bring forward 提出， 提议 Bring forward a new design.
bring in 提出， 引进， 获利，收获
bring out 使显现， 阐明， 出版， 生产
Bring out the meaning of a passage. 阐明一段文字的意义
bring up 教育， 培养， 养育， 提出（议题等）
7． bother n 麻烦， 困难
Vt 打扰， 麻烦， 使烦恼， 使难受
I’m busy, don’t _____ me.
A. borrow B. bother C. brother D. brook
vi. 担心，焦急， 费心
Don’t bother about answering this = Don’t bother to answer this.
此信不必回
C
1.call on sb = drop in on sb = visit sb = pay a visit to sb
Call on sb to do sth 号召某人----
Call at sp = drop in at sp =visit sp
Call for 需要， 要求， 去接某人，去取某物
Call in 请来，叫来
Call off 取消， 停止
Call up = ring up 打电话给--- 使回忆起--- The scene called up my childhood.
Call away 叫走
Call back 叫回去， 回电话
Call in 来访。 Call in ,or ring us up. 你可以亲自来，也可以打电话来。
As there was a power cat in the hospital , the surgeon had to _____the operation. A. call for B. call on C. call up D. call off
2． Celebration n 庆祝， 庆典。
V． celebrate 通常指对节日， 生日， 胜利， 结婚的纪念
They are ______ their grandmother’s seventieth birthday.
A. greeting B. joining C. congratulating D. celebrating
greet 表示致敬， 问候等； join 参加，加入
congratulate 祝贺，对象常指人 congratulate sb on sth 因--祝贺某人。
3。 Central a 中央的，中心的
The prime Minister is the central figure in the government.
首相是政府的中心人物。
n centre/center 中心， 中央（多和the 连用）
The city is the commercial ________ of the whole country.
A. middle B. center
center 可用来比喻某一方面占据重要位置 常用 at the center of
middle 通常指事物两端之间的位置， 常用词组为in the middle of
4. cheerful 愉快的， 高兴的
He is ________ in his mind.
A. cheerful B .merry C. glad 他心情愉快。
cheerful 多指人天性乐观， 在任何情况下都保持欣然的态度
merry 多指在节日或其他热闹场所表现出来的快乐情绪
Glad 暂时的喜悦
v. cheer 振奋， 欢呼，喝彩 cheer up. 高兴起来
5. climate
I would rather live in France because of the _______.
A. weather B. climate
climate 指某地区的长时间的天气特征，特别是气温，降雨，刮风等总的气候情况
weather 指某地区短时间内的特殊气候变化，如晴，雨，雪， 暖
6. certain
1) 一种， 一个，指单数 a Mr Smith = some Mr Smith
2) 某一些 certain students =/ some students
3) 确定， 有把握
Be certain of sth 对―――有把握
Be certain to do sth 一定要干某事
Sb be certain that / it is certain that
7. charge get / be / become charged
Vt. 1). 使充电，充满 charge the battery
be charged with = be filled with The bottle is charged with water.
2). 要价，收费 charge sb money for ---- 因―― 而收某人的钱。
He charged me 10 yuan for the book.
3). 控告某人 charge sb with sth The police charged him with driving after drinking.
4). 攻击。 The enemy charged us 3 times.
n. 1）费用 free of charge 免费 hotel charges 旅馆费
2） 管，看管 in charge of ／take charge of 负责
in the charge of 由―― 负责
8. coast on the coast 在海岸 There are many ships resting on the coast.
Off the coast 在海上 There are a number of islands off the coast.
9. comfort
n 1) 安慰，舒适，安逸 （不可数） She finds much comfort in her son.
2) 给予安慰的人／物，使人舒适的事 （可数）
The hotel has many comforts.
A cup of hot milk is a comfort in the cols winter night.
3) in comfort We live in comfort.
Vt I tried to comfort him, but I could say nothing.
Adj comfortable The seat is comfortable to sit in.
adv comfortably.
10. conclusion 结论make/ reach / arrive at/ come to / draw a conclusion 下结论
11. condition
1) cn 条件，状况 in /under a good /bad condition(S)
2) conditions 情形，境况
3） 表示身体的健康状况 （不可数）
in condition 身体健康 out of condition 身体不好。
in the state of 处于某种状态
4） on condition that = if 如果， 在―――的条件下，条件是――
I will lend the book to you on condition that you don’t lend it to others.
12. continue Vt / vi continue to do sth = doing sth =go on with =go on doing =keep on doing
继续做同一件事， go on to do 继续做另一件事。
13. conflict n / vi 矛盾，冲突， 有分歧
In conflict 有矛盾，不一致 in conflict with sb 和――有矛盾／分歧
14．contact n 接触，联系
be in contact with 和―― 接触，有联系be out of contact with sb 脱离接触，失去联系
have contact with sb 和―― 有联系 lose contact with 和――失去联系
15. crazy a
1) be crazy for sth He is crazy for football.
2) be crazy about doing sth 疯狂干―― He is crazy about drinking .
16. cut off 切掉，切断， 突然中止
Cut down 砍倒（树） 削减 cut down on price /smoking
Cut in 插嘴， 突然插入
Cut into 把―― 切成―― ， 侵犯利益
D
1. date back(to )回溯至----
注意： date back to / date from 没有被动语态。多用于一般现在式。
date n 约会 Mary has a date with her secretary.
2. debt n债务 in debt 欠债 out of debt 不欠债
In debt to sb= in sb’s debt 欠某人的债 pay off the debt 还清债务
3．depend on 依靠，信赖， 取决于
1） depend on sb /sth 相信／依靠某人 The price depends on the quality.
depend on sb to do sth 相信某人做某事 We can depend on itto solve the problem.
2）It all depends = That depends on it 看情况而定， 不一定
3）depend on / insist on / ask for / see to it that----
We depend on it that he will come.
4. die down 变弱，平息，消失 （强调结果）
die away （声音，光） 渐渐消失，风渐渐平息 （强调过程）
die out 灭绝，消失
5. direction n 方向，指导
a poor sense of direction 方向感差
in ---- direction = in the direction of --- 朝着―――的方向
in all directions = in every direction 朝四面八方
under the direction of 在―― 的指导下。
follow the direction 听从指导
6．Divide 分，划分，分开
divide between/among /with sb 在--- 之间分
divide sth into 把---分成 divide the apple into halves/ in two/in half
divide 把整体分为几部分
separate 把连在一起的或相邻的分割开
The world is divided into 7 continents.
The Tai wan strait separates Taiwan from Fu jian provience.
7. doubt 怀疑，疑惑 adj doubtful 不相信的，可疑的
n no doubt 无疑地，很可能 beyond a doubt 毫无疑问
Vt 怀疑，不信 I don’t doubt that he’ll come.
Vi 怀疑 + of/about He doubt about everything / He doubt of her success.
Doubt 后宾语从句中关联词的使用
1） 肯定句时， 名词从句用whether/if , when ,what 等连接
I doubt whether he’ll come.
2) 疑问句否定句时， 名词从句用that 连接。
Does any one doubt that it is so? 它原如此，有人怀疑吗？
I don’t doubt that he will come.
Are you _______of success?
A. dreadful B. doubtful C. historical D. miserable
8. dress up 盛装， 打扮， 装饰
1）Dress vt dress sb /oneself 给--- 穿衣服
2）Be dressed in + 衣服，颜色 Dressed in red, he is difficult to recognize.
3) dress up in 穿---来打扮 People here like dressing up in ancient clothes..
4） dress up as 打扮成---的样子 The old man dressed up as Santa clause.
5) dress up for He is dressing up for his birthday party.
E
1. educate vt /vi 教育，培养， 训练
1).educate sb in sth 教育某人 在---方面
Parents should educate children in how to spent money.
2).educate sb to do 教育某人做某事
The teacher educates his students to behave well in class.
3) educate oneself 自学
4）adj educated 受教育的，有教养的
2．endless adj 无穷的，无限的
She is a woman with _____ patience.
A. ending B. endless C. enormous D. large
ending 结局，结尾 enormous 巨大的，庞大的，多指超过限度
large 大的，侧重面积，范围， 容量
2. energy 能量，精力 (不可数) He has much energy.
1）adj energetic 精力旺盛的，有精力的
2） full of energy 精力充沛 burn up energy 燃烧能量
How much energy do you think you will burp up in the relay race?
Heat is a form of _______. A power B. force C. energy
Power 指电力，功率， 权力等
Force 指自然力和人力，也指暴力等影响力
3．Exist vi 存在，生存
There exists a kind of power that can make you win.
N existence
People do not now believe in the _____ of ghosts.
A. birth B . evidence C .existence D. occurrence
4. explain n explanation 解释说明
Explain to sb sth (suggest / express/ announce/ say/metion)
Explain oneself = give reasons
Is there any _____ for his conduct?
A. expression B. explanation C. experiment
F
1. faith 信仰，信赖，诺言，信念
have faith in sb/sth 信任某人，某物
have faith that ----
lose one’s faith 失去信心
adj faithful 忠诚的 be faithful to sb 对某人忠诚
2. fame 名声，名望 rise to fame=come to fame 成功，成名
be famous / well-known for nice scenery/ as a writer / to all of us
As is known to us ,------- = It is known that ----
3. fever 发烧
have /catch a fever/ cold / stomachache/ headache/toothache
4. fasten 栓紧， 抓紧， 使固定
1） fasten---- to --- Fasten the horse to the tree.
2) fasten one’s eyes on 盯着某人看
5. firm adj 动作稳定而有力的，牢固的
Stand firm 坚定立场 ， 坚定不屈
We firmly believe in your leading.
5. fit vt fit sb vi fit to do sth 适合做某事
adj keep /stay fit 保持健康
be fit for sth/sb
6． Focus n （兴趣，活动等）中心，焦点
She always wants to be the focus of attention.
In focus 焦点对准 out of focus 焦点没对准
Focus one’s attention on sth = fix one’s eyes on sth
All eyes were fixed/focused on him.
7． Fortunately adv 反义 unfortunately
Fortunate adj 幸运的 ， 多指由于某种有利的境遇，使人得到未曾预料到的成功或好的机遇。
Lucky更加强调意外或偶然原因而得到成功
He made a ____ decision when he went into adertising.
n fortune 运气， 命运，钱财，财产
Fortune knocks once at everyone’s door. 机会人人有，来了莫放手
Make a fortune 发财
G
1． gain vt 获得，增加gain/get/win the first prize
gain /earn/make one’s living
n 收获，增加 No pains, o gains.不劳无获
A fall into the pit,a gain in your wit. 吃一堑长一智
2． Generation 代
From generation to generation /from generation to another
3. gift 礼物，赠品；天赋，才能。
The album of paintings in this museum is a __from an old professor.
A. gift B.present C.talent
该博物馆的画集是一位老教授捐赠的。
Present与gift都可以做“礼物”讲，可互换，但gift有“捐赠”。
Gobang:五子棋 Go to ! 去你的的意思。 Gift做“天赋”讲时，与talent意思相近。
4．graduate {vt. 毕业。主语一般为学校。
{vi. 毕业 graduate from
{n. 大学毕业生
The university graduated 400 students this summer.
今年夏天，这所大学有400人毕业。
5．guide n. 导游，向导，指南，指导
Vt. 引导，指导。带领。
It was the government that guided the country through the difficulties ahead.
政府引导全国人民克服当前的困难。
guidance n. 指导。
under the guidance of 在…
6. get through
1).通过（检查，测试，海关，议案，方案，计划）
She got through the examination.
The message got through to us at last.这消息终于送到了我们这儿
Get through with one’s work 完成某人的工作
2） 完成
How long did it take you to get through the letter?
We should get through the work ahead of the deadline.
3)get through on the phone. 接通电话
4）度过时间 ，花钱
We got through a fortune while we were on holiday.我们度假花了一大笔钱。
Go through 仔细检查，全面考虑，研究；经历
Go through the items one by one. 逐条研究
Go through two stages. 经历两个阶段。
H
1. handkerchief (pl) ---handkerchieves-handkerchiefs
2. heat
1） n 热， 热量，热烈，压力a heat of five hundred degrees
2） vt heat --- to 把---加热到-- Heat the water to 100, it will boil.
3） n heating 供暖设备
4） adj. heated 热烈的 a heated discussion.
3. hold up 举起， 拿起，举出
1）hold back 阻止 No one can hold back the wheel of history.
Hold sb back from doing sth 阻止某人做某事
2）hold down 压制，镇压。
3）hold in 约束，抑制。 Hold oneself in 抑制自己的感情
4）hold on 电话不挂上
The speaker hold on for a full hour. 演讲得人讲了整整一小时
5）hold on to 抓住---不放； 坚持
In spite of various difficulities, he held on to the dream of returning to his homeland. 尽管困难重重，他始终没有 放弃回到家乡的梦想
6）hold off 不接近，拖延
We hope the rain will hold off till evening.
我们希望这场雨能拖到明天晚上下。
7）hold out 伸出，坚持，不屈服
Hold out till victory. 坚持到胜利
4． honour
1) 荣誉，尊敬， 名誉（不可数）
2）带来荣誉的人或事；荣幸
He is an honor of this school.
It is an honor for me to be invited to the party.
3) in honor of 纪念某人/向某人表示敬意
do sb honor= do honor to sb. 向某人表示敬意
4）。 Vt honor sb 向某人致敬
In order to honor him, I gave him some flowers.
5) sb be honored to do sth 很荣幸的做某事
I am honored to introduce Mr Smith.
I
1. imagination n . 想象， beyond the imagination超乎想象
想象力 have a strong/poor imagination
V imagine + n/pron/doing / 名词性从句
I can’t imagine going there without anybody else.
Adj imaginary 虚构的 imaginative 富有想象力的
2.Injury n 伤害，受伤处
receive/suffer an injury 受伤
do an injury to sb= do harm to 伤害某人
adj injured the injured
4. in order 按顺序，整齐 （反义） out of order
order vt 1） order sb to do sth 要求某人做某事
2).ordered that ----(should ) do
He ordered that he should return next day. （虚拟）
His orders were to return next day., （虚拟）
3） order sth to be done 要求---被做
n 1). Place an order with sb for sth 和某人订购---
2）order from 从----订购
3） obey/break the order 服从/违背
5. inspire vt 鼓励，鼓舞，激发 ，启示
inspire sb sth 鼓励某人
inspire sb to do sth 鼓励某人做某事
His life of childhood inspired this novel.
What he said inspired me to cry.
adj inspiring 令人鼓舞的
Inspired 深受鼓舞的
His inspiring speech made us inspired.
6. intend vt 打算，将要
1). Intend sb to do sth Will you intend to stay long in London?
2) Intend to have done sth=had intended to do 本打算做而没做
I intended to have called on you, But I had an unexpected visitor.
3). Intend that + should do 倾向于---
We intended that the plan should carry out at once.
4). Sth be intended for 为---准备，专供---
These flowers were intended for your mother’s day.
k
1.keep up with 追赶，追上。
catch up with 赶上并超过
keep up 保持，使-不低落 keep up with the spirits.
come up with 提出
L
1． Lean 倚靠，倾斜
lean to/ towards 倾向于某种观点
He leaned to the view that we started of at once.
lean over 俯身在---上
lean on the table 靠着桌子
lean against the wall. 倚墙
2． Location 地方，位置
locate vt 使---坐落于-位于---
Their new house ___ by the river.他们的新房坐落于河边
A.lies in B. location C. is located D .is lied
be located = lie
3．lovely 好看的，可爱的，令人愉快的（口语）
a lovely child / a lovely landscape 明媚的景色
have a lovely afternoon. 过一个愉快的下午
live 活的，有生命的 （与dead 相对）特指动物。
lively 活泼的，活跃的，栩栩如生的，生动的
The article gave a lively description on South American life.
文章对南美的生活做了生动的描述。
living 活着的
alive 活着的，现场直播的
4． Light vt light a candle
Vi The wood is hard to light.
Adj lighted a lighted candle.
light up 照亮，容光焕发，放光
M
1. major
1). 主要的 ，大部分
The major part/ aspect/ person
2). Vi 主修 major in English.
3）专业 I am an English major./ My major is English.
N majority the majority of ---
Compared with the majority, you are lucky.
2. mainly = mostly 主要的，大部分的
Many Europeans are mainly English settlers here.
3. make a good choice
make a fire / make friends with sb/ make noise / make war/ make sure /
make a face /make a face at sb / make fun of
4. make up
1） 组成 5 girls and 6 boys made up the football team.
2） 编造He made up a frightening story to frighten us.
3） = dress up 打扮， 装扮，化装
4） Make up for 弥补 We should make up for the waste time.
5. make use of 利用
They don’t realize the use we made of the information.
他们没有意识到我们对信息的利用
They don’t realize the information we made use of.
6. mild 指生来情绪温和
gentle 指态度使人感到和蔼可亲，意思较mild 强
He could not say no to so many requests because he is a mild person.
对于众多的要求他不能说“不”，因为他是个温和的人
7． Manage 设法，经营，对付
1）. manage =run=operate They managed money well.
2) manage to do =succeed in doing 成功地做了某事
He tried to persuade me to give in, but he didn’t manage to .
3) 与can ,be able to ,could 连用，设法对付，设法办成
In spite of there is much trouble, they could manage to finish the work on time.
4) n manager 经理，经营者 management 管理，经营
8． Method with this method / in this way/ by this means
9. minority 少数的 the minority of
be in the/a minority 少数派
O
1. occur
1). Happen ,take place, come about ,occur
It occurred to me .
2). 出现，呈现= appear
The plants occurred only in Africa.
3). 浮现 A good idea occurred to me.
4). It happened /occurred to sb that 某人突然想起，突然发现---
It occurred to me that we could ask our neighbors to help us
2. operate
1).vt. 管理，经营操作
They operated a small company in the south of England.
It is easy to operate the machine.
2). Vi 运转，起作用
The medicine operates quickly.
3). Operate on/upon 动手术
The doctor operated on the injured man.
The injured man was operated on by the doctor.
3. opinion (不可数)
1). in one’s opinion = in one’s view
2). have a good/bad /worse opinion of sb.
p
1. pace 一步，速度，步调 He stands five paces behind me.
At the pace of three miles an hour 以每小时三英里的速度
At a slow/fast speed 走得快/慢
I f we want to keep up with the high pace of modern life ,we had better learn to make the right choices about what and how we eat.
2. part vi/vt 使分开/分离
Vi part from sb 与某人分开/分离/分手
N 部分；角色，作用； 零件
We are parts of society.
Women are playing an important part in socialist construction.妇女在社会主义建设中起着非常重要的作用。
Part with 放弃，出让 I suggested him to part with the house.
3． pay off 还清债务
pay for 为某物/某人付钱； 付钱买---； 为-付出代价
pay back 偿还，回报
pay up 全部付清，按时还清
One day, you will _____ this foolish behavior.
A. pay B. pay for C. pay back D. pay off
4． Pick up 拾起，捡起；开车接某人
Pick out 挑出，辨别出
Pick on sb 挑剔某人
Pick off 摘下
At 7:30, I’ll drive over to ____ you ___ . Please get ready at that time.
A. pick, on B. pick; out C. pick ; up D. pick; off
The signal for help was ______ by another ship which happened to be at hand
篇2：主谓一致专项复习(新课标版高三英语下册教学论文)
主谓一致专项复习
【学习指南】
从广义上讲，一致关系牵涉到名词和代词之间、主语和谓语之间、主语和表语之间、主句谓语动词的时态和从句谓语动词时态之间等众多的一致关系，但本章只着重论述主语和谓语在人称和数的一致关系。
本章的学习重点是主谓一致的三个原则，即语法一致原则、意义一致原则和就近一致原则。然而，在语言实践过程中往往还会出现较为复杂的情况，如有些句子的主语不能从词的形式上看出是单数还是复数，有时还会出现一些习惯用法，这就要求我们在学习过程中要记住：规则一定要遵循，例外一定要注意，惯用法一定要重视。本章难点是集合名词作主语以及形复意单的名词作主语时的主谓一致，另外并列主语的主谓一致因其例外较多，也是我们在学习过程中值得关注的焦点之一。
一、 语法一致的原则
语法一致是指主语为单数形式，谓语也用单数形式；主语为复数形式，谓语也用复数形式。
1、动词不定式或动词–ing形式作主语
动词不定式或动词–ing形式作主语时，谓语动词用单数。
To see is to believe.
眼见为实。
Asking costs nothing.
多问不吃亏。
2、从句作主语
名词性从句作主语时，谓语动词一般用单数形式。
That they will win is certain.
他们一定会赢是确信无疑的。
When they could finish the task is not known yet.
他们何时能完成任务还未知。
Whoever wants to join in the competition is asked to sign his / her name here.
要参加比赛的人请在这里签名。
【小贴士】
但what / whoever / which引导的主语从句充当主语时，有时要看what / whoever / which所指代的词的意义来决定谓语动词的数。
What he said is true.他所说的是真的。
What we need are more volunteers. 我们所需要的是更多的志愿者。
3、“more than one 或many a + 单数名词”作主语
“more than one / many a +单数名词”作主语时，尽管其意义复数，但谓语动词还是用单数形式。但“more than + 复数名词”或“more + 复数名词 + than one”作主语时，谓语动词要用复数。
More than one student has read Rowling’s Harry Porter.
许多学生看过罗琳的《哈利波特》。
Many a student has seen the film Titanic twice.
许多学生看了电影《铁达尼号》两次。
More than two hundred people have turned out at the meeting.
两百多人退出了会场。
More students than one are against the decision.
不止一个学生反对这个决定。
【小帖士】
“one or two +复数名词”作主语，谓语动词用复数，但“a / one + 单数名词+ or two”作主语，谓语动词单数、复数均可。
One or two days are enough for me to finish the work.
一两天的时间就足够我去完成这工作。
Only a / one word or two is / are needed here.
这里只需要一两个字。
4、用and连接的主语
由and连接的两个或两个以上的单数名词或不可数名词作主语时，谓语动词一般用复数形式。但如表示单一的概念时，谓语动词则用单数形式（见本章第二节“意义一致的原则”）。
Rice and wheat are grown in China.
中国种植小米和小麦。
Both his father and his mother are advanced workers.
他的爸爸和妈妈都是先进工作者。
5、用with, as well as等词连接的主语
“名词+ together with/as well as + 名词”结构作主语时，不能看作是并列主语，together with或as well as之后的名词是主语的附加成分，句子的谓语动词不受附加成分中名词单复数的影响，仍和第一个名词的数保持一致。
Our monitor as well as some of our classmates has been to the USA.
我们的班长和几位同学已去过美国了。
The bat together with the balls was stolen.
球拍和球都被偷走了。
【百宝箱】
英语中有很多属于“A + as well as + B”这种结构，谓语动词应与主语A 保持一致。
A together with B A和B A rather than B A而不是B
A along with B A与B A except/but B A除了B
A including B A包括B A like/unlike B A像/不像B那样
A in addition to B A加上B A no less than B A如B一样
6、关系代词作主语
定语从句中关系代词who, that, which等作主语时，其谓语动词的数与先行词的数一致。
AIDS is a disease that breaks down the body immune system and leaves a person defenseless against infections and illnesses.
艾滋病是一种破坏人体免疫系统，使人处于失去抗感染、抗疾病状态的病症。
Those who have finished the work can go home first.
那些已完成工作的人可以先回家。
I, who am your teacher, will do my best to help you.
我是你的老师，我会全力帮助你的。
【点津坊】
若先行词为“one of + 复数名词”时，从句中的谓语动词用复数；若先行词为“the only one of + 复数名词”时，从句中的谓语动词用单数。
He was one of the students who were given a prize. 他是那些获奖的学生之一。
I was the only one in my office who was invited. 我是办公室里唯一受到邀请的人。
7、由两部分构成的物体名词作主语
由两部分组成的表示衣物或工具的名词做主语时，谓语通常用复数，此类名词有：glasses（眼镜），spectacles(眼镜)，shoes（鞋子），boots（靴子），sneakers（轻便运动鞋）；trousers / pants（裤子），compasses（指南针），chopsticks（筷子），scissors（剪刀），socks（短袜）,stockings（长袜），clothes（衣服）等。但这类词如用a pair of修饰时，谓语动词用单数。
My glasses were broken while playing football yesterday.
昨天踢足球时我的眼镜被打烂了。
A pair of shoes is lying under the bed.
床底下有一双鞋。
Chopsticks were first introduced to Japan in the 3rd century A.D. and thus ended the practice of taking food directly by hand.
公元三世纪，筷子传到了日本，并从此结束了人们直接用手拿食物的做法。
【小帖士】
当a pair (of)表示“两个人”时，其谓语动词通常用复数；当表示“一对夫妇”时，谓语用单复数都行。
A pair of students are practising speaking English there. 两个学生正在那里练习讲英语。
The happy pair is/are going to Europe for their honeymoon. 这对快乐的新婚夫妇打算去欧洲度蜜月。
8、this kind / sort of +名词作主语
表示一个种类的“kind of + 名词”后面常用单数谓语动词，而“复数名词+ of this kind”后面的谓语动词常用复数。
This kind / sort of question is very difficult. 这种问题很难。
Questions of this kind / sort are very difficult. 这种问题很难。
9、amount和quantity结构作主语
“a large amount of + 不可数名词”结构作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式；“large amounts of +不可数名词”结构作主语时，谓语动词用复数形式。类似的结构还有“a large quantity of +可数/不可数名词”结构（谓语用单数）以及“large quantities of +可数/不可数名词”结构（谓语用复数）。
A large amount of damage was done in a short time.
在短时间内就造成了巨大的损失。
Large amounts of money were spent on the bridge.
这座桥花了一大笔钱。
A large quantity of pure water is needed there.
那里需要大量的纯净水。
Large quantities of water are needed for cooling purposes.
需要大量的水来降温。
10、名词所有格作主语
指商店、工场、住宅等的名词所有格作主语时，后面往往省略了shop / home等名词，如the baker’s（面包店），the barber’s（理发店），the doctor’s（诊所），the Zhang’s（张先生家）等，谓语动词一般用单数。但表示店铺名称的名词所有格，如？？？？？等，谓语动词往往用复数。
My uncle’s is not far from here.
我叔叔家离这里不远。
The baker’s was destroyed in a big fire last year.
那家面包店在去年一场大火中被烧毁了。
McDonald’s have a lot of delicious food to sell.
麦当劳有许多好吃的食物出售。
【试题播报】
E-mail, as well as telephones, _______ an important part in daily communication.
A. is playing B. have played C. are playing D. play
【分析】该题目考查主语加附加成分时与谓语的一致原则。主语为单数时，后面附加成分的单复数不影响谓语动词的单复数。选项B、C、D都是复数形式，故答案为A。
二、意义一致的原则
句子的谓语动词和主语的数的一致是根据该主语的意义，而不是根据语法形式决定的。当主语形式为单数，但意义为复数时，谓语动词要用复数形式；但主语形式为复数，而意义却为单数时，谓语动词用单数形式。
1、无标记复数名词作主语
people（人们）, cattle（牛群），poultry（家禽）, police（警察），youth（青年）是无标记复数名词，即没有复数标记但用作复数的名词，其谓语动词总是用复数形式。
The police were sent to the spot to keep order immediately.
警察立即被派往现场维持秩序。
Cattle are one cause of the problem.
养牛是这个问题的一个原因。
2、单复数同形的名词作主语
英语中一些单复数同形的名词作主语时，应根据其表达的意义来决定谓语动词的单复数，常见的这类名词有sheep（绵羊），deer（鹿），fish（鱼），means（方法），works（工厂），species（种类），Chinese（中国人），Japanese（日本人）；Swiss（瑞士人）；crossroads（十字路口）；series（系列）等。
The chemical works was set up in 1980.
这家化工厂于1980年建的。
These glass works are far from the city center.
这些玻璃厂离市中心很远。
Every possible means has been used to prevent the air pollution, but the sky is still not clear.
为了防止污染，每一种方法都试过了，但天空仍然不清晰。
All possible means have been tried to keep animals and plants from becoming endangered.
为了使动植物的生命不受到威胁，所有的方法都试过了。
This species has been completely destroyed for different reasons.
由于不同的原因，这个物种已经被彻底破坏了。
Since so many species have been destroyed, we have to protect the ones that are still with us.
既然那么多的物种已被破坏，我们就得保护那些仍然与我们同在的物种。
3、集体名词作主语
团体性的集体名词表示整体时，其谓语动词用单数形式；但这些集体名词表示集体中若干个体时，谓语动词用复数形式。这类名词常见的有family（家庭），crowd（人群），class（班级），public（公众），enemy（敌人），audience（观众），government（政府），group（小组），committee（委员会），team（队），media（媒体），staff（全体职员），crew（全体人员）等。
The audience was deeply moved.
观众深受感动。（整体）
The audience were dressed in a variety of ways, some in suits and some in jeans.
观众衣着各不相同，有的穿套装，有的穿牛仔服。（个体）
A team which is full of enthusiasm is more likely to win.
情绪高昂的球队比较可能获胜。（整体）
The team are practicing hard on the playground.
队员们正在操场刻苦地训练。 （个体）
The media is not always reliable.
新闻媒体并不总是可信赖的。 （整体）
The media have made a bitter attack on the Health Minister.
各家媒体对卫生部长进行了严厉的攻击。 （个体）
【小帖士】
表示某一类东西的总称的集体名词，如clothing（衣服）, furniture（家具）, baggage/luggage（行李）, equipment（设备）等，没有复数形式，作主语时，其谓语动词用单数形式。
4、用and连接的表示单数概念的主语
有时，一些用and连接的主语表达的却是单数的概念，这时谓语动词也应用单数形式。
（1）用and连接的名词表示同一概念的结构作主语时
Bread and butter is nutritious for patients.
奶油面包对病人很有营养。（表示同一概念）
Both bread and butter are on sale here.
这里出售奶油和面包。（and连接两种食品）
A needle and thread was given to her, but she could not sew the button on.
针线给了她，但她不会把钮扣缝起来。（将针线作为一个整体）
Pen and ink is provided in the examination room.
考试室提供笔墨。（将笔墨视为一物）
【百宝箱】
常见的and连接的表示同一概念的短语：
bread and butter（奶油面包） a needle and thread（针线）
milk and water（掺水的牛奶） a knife and fork（一副刀叉）
fish and chips（炸鱼土豆片） a cup and saucer（一套杯盘）
meat and potatoes（肉炒土豆） a horse and cart（一匹马拉的车）
fruit and cream（加奶油的水果） a watch and chain（一只系表带的手表）
（2）“each/every/no + 单数名词+ and + each/every/no + 单数名词”作主语时
Every hour and every minute is precious.
每一小时，每一分钟，都很宝贵。
No man and no woman is not allowed to enter the hall.
每个人都不允许进入大厅。
（3）“A and B”结构指同一人或同一概念时
Our happiness and misery is due to our own actions.
幸福与否在于我们自己的作为。
Early to bed and early to rise makes a man healthy, wealthy and wise.
早睡早起使人健康、富有和聪明。（指同一概念）
【巧辩栏】
有时冠词的使用可以帮助我们判断两个名词是同一还是并列。
The secretary and manager was speaking at the meeting.
那位书记兼经理在会上讲话。（只有一个冠词一般指同一个人）
The secretary and the manager spoke at the meeting.
书记和经理都在会上讲了话。（两个名词都有冠词是两个人）
5、“the + 形容词或过去分词”作主语
“the + 形容词或过去分词”表示一类人时，谓语动词用复数；如 “the + 形容词”指一个人或表示一种抽象概念或品质时，谓语动词用单数。
The wounded were saved by the villagers at last.
最后，伤员们被村民们救起。
The wounded in the accident was a policeman.
这次事故的受伤者是一名警察。
The beautiful is not always useful.
好看的并不总是有用的。
6、表学科的名词做主语
有些以s结尾表示学科名称的词，如physics（物理）, mathematics（数学）, economics（经济学）, politics（政治），mechanics(机械学，力学)等，作主语时谓语动词通常用单数形式。
Physics makes much use of mathematics.
物理学要大量运用数学。
Economics is her major.
她的主修课程是经济学。
7、表示时间、距离、金额、重量等复数形式作主语
表示距离、长度、价值、金额、重量等复数名词作主语时，如作为一个整体来看待的话，谓语动词通常用单数。
Four hours is enough time to spend repairing the machine.
四个小时足够用来修理那部机器。
Fifty dollars was a large sum for me at that time.
那时五十美金对我来说是一大笔钱。
Twenty kilometers is a quite long distance.
二十公里是一段相当长的距离。
8、分数或百分数作主语
分数、百分比作主语时谓语动词根据后面名词决定单复数。
More than 70 percent of the surface of the earth is covered with water.
地球百分之七十以上的表面被水覆盖着。
80 percent of the scientists invited to the conference are men.
被邀请参加大会的科学家百分之八十是男科学家。
One third of the work has been finished.
已完成了三分之一的工作。
One third of the students have not passed the end-of-term examination.
三分之一的学生没能通过期末考试。
9、国家、单位、书报名称作主语
国家、单位、书报名称作主语时谓语动词用单数。
The United States is leading the world in science and technology .
美国在世界科技方面领先。
General Motors sells about 15 percent of all cars and trucks in the world.
通用汽车公司汽车的销售总量占世界的百分之十五。
The New York Times is one of the most influential newspapers in the world.
《纽约时报》是世界上最具影响力的报纸之一。
10、名词性物主代词作主语
名词性物主代词作主语时，应根据上下文的意义决定谓语动词的单复数。
Your shoes are clean, while his (= his shoes) are dirty.
你的鞋是干净的，而他的却是脏的。
Ours (=our class) is a united class.
我们班是一个团结的班集体。
11、表示数量的词作主语
一些表示数量的词，如a lot of, half of, all of, none of 等，作主语时，谓语动词的数通常与of后面的名词保持一致。
A lot of workers are on a strike for better pay.
许多工人正在为得到更高报酬而罢工。
Lots of equipment is needed in the laboratory.
实验室需要许多设备。
None of the passengers were aware of the danger.
乘客中没有一个意识到危险的存在。
None of the money has been spent on repairs.
这笔钱没有花费在维修方面。
12、a number of与the number of作主语
“a number of ＋复数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用复数形式；“the number of＋复数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。
A number of new cars are being shown in the exhibition hall.
展厅里正在展出许多新车。
The number of the cars running on the streets is quite large.
马路上的车流量很大。
【试题播报】
The number of people invited ______ fifty, but a number of them ______ absent for different reasons.
A. were; was B. was; was C. was; were D. were; were
【分析】第一个句子的主语为the number，谓语动词应为单数；第二个句子的主语被由a number of修饰，谓语动词应为复数。故答案为C。
13、the rest of和the majority of结构作主语
the rest of和the majority of结构作主语时，谓语动词的数常与of后面的名词的数保持一致。
The rest of the books were returned to the library.
其余的书都归还给图书馆了。
The rest of the money was given to the villagers.
其余的钱都给了村民。
The majority of his classmates are from the countryside.
他同学大多数来自农村。
The majority of the damage is easy to repair.
这次的损害大部分容易补救。
14、such作主语
such作主语时根据其所指的内容决定谓语动词的单复数。
Such is our plan.
这就是我们的计划。
Such are his words.
这些就是他所说的话。
三、就近一致的原则
在一些结构或巨型中，谓语动词的人称和数须与邻近的主语保持一致。`
1、“there be”和“here be”结构
Here are my replies to your questions.
这些是我对你的问题的回答。
There is an apple, two bananas and some oranges on the plate.
盘子里有一个苹果，两条香蕉和一些橘子。
2、部分并列连词连接两个主语时
当either…or…；neither…nor…；not only…but also…；not…but…；or，nor等并列连词连接两个主语时，谓语动词的人称和数与邻近的主语保持一致。
Not only he but also his sisters have been to the Great Wall.
不仅他，还有他姐姐都去过长城。
Either he or you are to blame for it.
不是他就是你必须为此事负责。
Not you but I am responsible for the delay.
不是你而应是我对这次耽搁负责。
【试题播报】
Not only I but also Jane and Mary ________ tired of having one examination after another.
A. is B. are C. am D. be
【分析】本句考查not only…but also连接并列主语时的主谓一致。Not only…but also连接的并列主语应采用就近一致的原则，Jane and Mary充当主语用复数谓语动词，故选B。
3、倒装结构
当表示地点的介词词组位于句首时，一些表示“存在”之意的谓语动词，如be, lie, stand等，需和最靠近的主语保持一致。
Between the windows is a picture.
在两个窗户中间挂着一副画。
South of the lake stand two stone towers. 湖泊的南边有两座石塔。
【训练大本营】
一、选出正确选项：
1. Not only I but also Tom and Mary _________ fond of watching television.
A. am B. is C. are D. be
2. Twenty-five thousand dollars ________ the average income for a medium-sized family in the United States.
A. are B. is C. will be D. be
3. As a result of destroying the forests, a large _______ of desert _______ covered the land.
A. number … has B. quantity … has
C. number … have D. quantity … have
4. John is the only one of the staff members who ________ to be transferred.
A. is going B. are going C. have been going D. has been going
5. ---Each of the students, working hard at his or her lessons, _________ to go to university.
--- So do I.
A. hope B. hopes C. hoping D. hoped
6. Either you or the headmaster _________ the prizes to those gifted students at the meeting.
A. is handing out B. are to hand out C. are handing out D. is to hand out
7. The first two problems are very different, but the rest _________ easy.
A. is B. are C. was D. is being
8. Ten minutes ________ an hour when one is waiting for a phone call.
A. seemed B. to seem C. seem D. seems
9. The committee __________ among themselves for four hours.
A. has been arguing B. has been argued
C. have been arguing D. have been argued
10. All the employees except the manager ______ to work online at home.
A. encourages B. encourage C. is encouraged D. are encouraged
11. Every means ______ prevent the water from ________ .
A. are used to ; polluting B. get used to; polluting
C. is used to; polluted D. is used to; being polluted
12. The first use of atomic weapons was in 1945, and their power ______ increased enormously ever since.
A. is B. was C. has been D. had been
13. The number of deaths form heart disease will be reduced greatly if people _______ to eat more fruit and vegetables.
A. persuade B. will persuade C. be persuaded D. are persuaded
14. A library with five thousand books _______ to the nation as a gift.
A. is offered B. has offered C. are offered D. have offered
15. The first exercise should be done in class, the rest _______ at home.
A. is to be done B. are to do C. are to be done D. is to do
16. The news I referred to ___________ in today’s paper.
A. are B. be C. have D. is
17. Most of the work ________ by the time we got there.
A. was done B. have been done C. has been done D. had been done
18. All that I want to know ________ why your condition has not improved.
A. is B. was C. are D. were
19. The professor, _______ some of his assistants, _____ to attend our meeting this afternoon.
A. and; is B. as well as; is C. or; are D. except for; are
20. There ______ more than one answer to your question.
A. have been B. has been C. are D. is
21. which of the books do you think _______ best among the best-sellers?
A. sells B. is sold C. are written D. writes
22. Growing at the foot of the hill ______ wild flowers of different colors.
A. is B. are C. was D. have been
23. This kind of stories _______ instructive while stories of that kind _______ harmful to children.
A. is; seems B. are; seem C. is; seem D. are; seems
24. When and where to build a new factory _____ yet.
A. is not decided B. are not decided C. has not decided D. have not decided
25. ---Has everyone in your class passed the test?
---No, ________ only Tom and Philip who _______ passed it.
A. it was; had B. there is, have C. it is; have D. there were; had
二、改错
1. About one fifths of the workers in the chemical works is from the countryside.
A B C D
2. I wonder if the English-Chinese dictionary I referred to belong to him.
A B C D
3. All of the information in the newspaper are correct.
A B C D
4. It is said that our League secretary as well as some of our classmates are going to take
A B C D
the Band-4 examination.
5. Neither you, nor I, nor anyone else are willing to go out for a walk in the rain.
A B C D
6. Each of the passengers have his own room in the ship.
A B C D
7. Your trousers are dirty, you must have it washed at once.
A B C D
8. Every boy and every girl are asked to attend the lecture and make notes.
A B C D
参考答案：
一、选择正确答案
1. C 2. B 3. B 4. A 5. B 6. D 7. B 8. D 9. C 10. D
11. D 12. C 13. D 14. A 15. C 16. D 17. D 18. A 19. B 20. D
21. A 22. B 23. C 24. A 25 C
二、改错
1. D改为 are 2. D改为 belongs 3. D 改为 is 4. C 改为 is 5. C改为 is willing 6. C 改为 has 7. C改为 them 8. C改为 is
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇3：Unit 1 Module 10 Language points(新课标版高考复习英语下册教案教学设计)
班级 姓名 学号 时间 评价
Learning Aims:
1. To learn some language points in the text to enlarge the vocabulary.
2. To use the language points when doing the exercises.
Learning Important and Difficult Points:
1. Learn to analyze some long and complicated sentences and to use some key word and expressions such as shock, take place, raise, and so on.
Learning Methods:
1. Learn some phrases by heart.
2. Learn the usage of some words and phrases through self-study and practice.
Learning Procedures:
Part One Self-exploration
I. Key phrases to remember
1. give a man a fish 授人以鱼 2. teach a man to fish 授人以渔
3. a charity concert 慈善音乐会 4. Live Aid 现场援助
5. raise money 集资 6. put pressure on 给…施加压力
7. on top of 除…以外 8. claim lives 夺去生命
9. lie in the hands of 在… 手中 10. emergency food aid紧急粮食援助
11. without doubt 毫无疑问 12. fill one’s belly 填饱肚子
13. fall further behind 进一步落后于 14. at a crossroads 处于关键时刻 15.improve the infrastructure 改善基础设施.
16. a community programme 社区计划
II. Self-exploration of some key words and phrases
1.［原句回放］The severity of this catastrophe shocked Bob Geldof, an Irish musician who organized a charity concert called Live Aidshock to raise money for famine victims in Ethiopia. 句中an Irish musician作为Bob Geldof的 ___同位语__________（成份），who 引导的是 ____定语_______ 从句；shock 在句中是 __vt______（词性）, 含义为 _使。。。震惊________ ， 还有 ____名词____（词性），含义为 ___令人震惊的事_______ ，通常指坏事情 ；called作为 __定语_________（成份），raise money for的含义为 ____为。。。捐钱__________________ 。
1）34人死于这次交通事故，听到这个消息大家都感到震惊。
___________________________________________________________________________
Everyone was shocked to hear the news that the accident claimed 34 lives.
2) The man __C____ himself an experienced doctor is actually a cheat. （B级）
A. calls B. called C. calling D. being called
3) A completely new situation will _A_____ when the examination system comes into existence.
（B级）
A. arise B. rise C. raise D. arouse
2.［原句回放］The concert took place on 13 July 1985 in two locations-in London and in Philadelphia-and included the biggest stars of the time. 该句中take place的含义是 ___举行______ ，有被动语态吗 ___无______ ？the time的含义是 _____时代，时期_________ 。
请辨析下列词组，并填空：
take place, happen, occur, break out 1) Great changes ____have taken place__________________ in our hometown during the past ten years. 2) I ____happened__________________ to see him on my way home. 3) It ____occurred to_________________ me that she didn’t know I had moved into the new house. 4) A fire _____broke out________________ in the hospital in the mid-night.
3.［原句回放］Geldof intended the concert to raise money for and public awareness of the famine. 句中intend sth to do sth 的意思是 __打算用。。。来做某事__________________ ，打算让某人做某事__intend sb to do sth_________________ , sth be intended/ meant for sb. / sth的含义为 __某物是为某人而设计的_____________
, raise public awareness of sth的含义为 ___增强人们的意识。
1）这本书是为儿童写的。
___________________________________________________________________________
The book is intended for children.
2）每位公民都应该增强保护环境的意识。
___________________________________________________________________________
Every citizen should raise his awareness of protecting the environment.
3) The residents approve of the measures __ D.____ so far in our city, ______ to bring a sharp rise in oil price. （C级）
A .having been taken, intended B. to be taken, intending
C. taken, to intend D. taken, intended
4.［原句回放］The WFP has organized a number of programmes , including the Food-for Growth programme , which targets people most at risk, such as babies, pregnant women and the elderly. 句中target是 ___ vt ____ (vt./vi)，其含义是 __以。。。为目标____________ ，还有名词词性，意思为“目标，对象，靶子，指标”；at risk的含义是 __处于危险中___________ , risk doing sth的含义是 _冒险做某事______________ 。
[复习巩固] at the risk of doing sth. 冒着…的危险 , run/ take a risk / risks , run/take the risk of (doing) sth. 冒险（做某事）, do sth. at the risk of one’s life / risk one’s life to do sth. 冒生命危险去做某事
1）请写出target在下列句中的含义，并口头翻译整个句子。
What type of reader is the new magazine targeting? _以。。。为目标、阅读群
We hope that these cities will not be targeted during the war. 成为袭击的目标
That is a sales campaign targeted at the youth market. 以。。。为目标，针对
They set a target for production. 指标
His target was to win the first place in the coming exam. 目标
2）许多人冒着损害健康的危险在工作。
___________________________________________________________________________
Many people are working at the risk of their health
5.［原句回放］It is without doubt an amazing achievement, but is it enough?
句中without doubt的含义为 __毫无疑问___________ ，与 __beyond doubt___________ 同义。
[拓展]There is no doubt that…There is no doubt about / as to …… 对于…没有怀疑
There is some doubt whether/what/when/how …… 对于…有怀疑
1）毫无疑问，他是诚实的。
___________________________________________________________________________
Without doubt, he is honest.
2) I don’t doubt __ D ____ he is capable of doing the job, but I do doubt ______ he will try his best.（B级）
A. if, that B. that, that C. whether, whether D. that , whether
6.［原句回放］Another important thing to remember is that the future of developing countries lies in the hands of children.该句中lie的意思是 __在于___________，其过去式/过去分词为_lay___/_lain____。lie 还有__位于 ，撒谎_____ , _______ 的意思。
1）最后他们发现问题在发动机上。(engine)
___________________________________________________________________________
At last they found that the problem lay in the engine.
2) The naughty boy ___D___ on the ground, ______ to his mother that the hen ______ two eggs a day. （B级）
A. laying ,laid, lain B. laid , lay, lain C. lying , lay, laid D. lying , lied , laid
7．［原句回放］In the end, $100 million was raised, which was sent as food aid and famine relief funding. 该句中relief的意思是 _____缓解________ , 其动词形式为 __relieve___________ , 常见动词短语 _____relieve sb of sth________
1）让我比较庆幸的是车并没有损坏。
___________________________________________________________________________
Much to my relief,, the was not damaged,
2) During the financial crisis, the French president agreed to provide 300 million of emergency fund to help __B____ unemployment. （B级）
A. release B. relieve C. relief D. recall
8.［原句回放］There is a saying goes “Give a man a fish, and you feed him for a day. ” 该句中go的含义是 ________ . 请注意在goes前加 that
1) His tomb ___ B___ , “By his death, one of England’s greatest writers is lost to the world.
（B级）
A. goes B. reads C. saying D. writes
2) As the proverb __D____ , an enemy in disguise is a wolf in sheep’s ______.（B级）
A. runs; dress B. says; clothes C. speaks; cloth D. goes; clothing
3) The story ___C___ that she has been married five times. （B级）
A. tells B. writes C. goes D. inform
Part Two Self-assessment
I. Translate the following sentences by using the given words and phrases
1）那次飓风夺走了许多人的生命，让许多人无家可归。(claim)
__________________________________________________________________________
2）他们给政府施加压力要他们立即采取措施来防止污染。(put pressure on)
___________________________________________________________________________
3）这份新杂志以青少年为读者群。(target)
___________________________________________________________________________
4）我们发现，许多问题出现的原因不在于别人而在自身。(lie in)
___________________________________________________________________________
1) The hurricane claimed many lives and made many people homeless.
2) They put pressure on the government to take measures to prevent pollution.
3) The new magazine targets teenagers.
4) We find that the causes of many problems lie in ourselves rather than others.
II. Multiple choice
1. Cook was a strict but good captain, ______ who, usually, took care of the sailors on his ship.
A. the one B. one C. that D. this
2. Life is tough in the city. In order to lose their ______ , some people drink alcohol.
A. temper B. mood C. consciousness D. pressures
3. Some researchers believe that there is no doubt ______ a cure for AIDS will be found.
A. which B. that C. what D. whether
4. -Could I use your dictionary? -Yes, ______.
A. you could B. by all means C. you’ve got it D. I’m using it myself
5. - It took me ten years to build up my business, and it almost killed me.
- Well, you know what they say. ______.
A. There is no smoke without fire B. Practice makes perfect
C. All roads lead to Rome D. No pains, no gains
6. Tonight’s TV programme is ______ at improving the health of women of all ages.
A. intended B. targeted C. called D. prepared
7. The local health organization is reported ______ twenty-five years ago when Dr. Audon became its first president.
A. to be set up B. being set up
C. to have been set up D. having been set up
9. As the proverb ______ , an enemy in disguise is a wolf in sheep’s ______ .
A. runs; dress B. says; clothes C. speaks; cloth D. goes; clothing
10. ______ his financial problems, his wife also left him, which made him very depressed.
A. Except for B. Thanks to C. On top of D. Except
11. Journalists going to war zones do so ______ great risk of their lives.
A. in B. with C. for D. at
12. I couldn't afford to rent a house like this, ______ buy it.
A. no longer B. no more than C. let alone D. instead
13. Nowadays, many people in China celebrate Christmas, which is a custom ______ from the west.
A. imported B. exported C. input D. output
14.In order to arouse public attention to English, the Dongsi Neighbourhood hold an Englis
club which ______ the elderly.
A. aims B. targets C. faces D. intends
篇4：review book3 module4 and book4 module3 教案教学设计(新课标版英语高考复习)
一轮复习教案
Teaching objectives:
By reviewing 2 passages about great people, students know from what aspects they write a great person and master the words, phrases and sentences which are used to describe great people. What's more, they can use the related description to write a great person from Zibo. Meanwhile, they are encouraged to learn something from him.
I. Lead-in
Show 3 pictures of great people from Zibo to inspire them to describe them in English.
II. Analysis
According to the two passages, analyse “From what aspects can we write a passage about a great person？”
III. 基础夯实
Words
1.重要;重要性 n. _______________ 2.有影响的 __________________
3.强调 ______________ 4.人物 _____________________
5.发明 vt. _____________ n. _____________ 发明家 _____________
6.农业 n. ________________ adj. _________________
7.产量 _______________________ 8. leading _________________
9. quantity__________________10.quality ___________________
Phrases
1. 由于...的结果 ______________ 2. 因...而出名_______________
3. 谋生______________________ 4. 做贡献___________________
5. 取得重大突破_______________ 6. bring up___________________
(默写到学案以检测早读的复习成果，巩固两个模块的单词及短语。)
Sentences
1. In the rice-growing world, the Chinese scientist, Yuan Longping, is a leading figure.
仿写：在音乐界，中国的音乐家朗朗是一位领军人物。
_____________________________________________________________
2. As a result of Yuan Longping's discoveries, Chinese rice production rose by 47.5 percent in the 1990's.
仿写：由于居里夫人(Madame Curie)的发现，我们在医学上取得巨大进步。
_____________________________________________________________
3. For many years, he travelled from state to state, teaching the principles of Confucius.
仿写：很多年来，他周游各国，体验丰富多彩的文化。
____________________________________________________________
（简单的句式仿写，让学生体会到一切源于课本，灵活利用课文可以表达我们自己所想。）
IV. 素材积累
1. Use the expressions in the two passages to translate the sentences.
(1) 爱迪生（Thomas Edison）是一位有影响的发明家，被称为“发明大王”。
___________________________________________________________
(2) 1847年他出生于俄亥俄州（Ohio）的一个普通家庭。（come from）
___________________________________________________________
(3) 自幼对读书有兴趣，并喜欢问他不明白的任何问题。(be interested in)
___________________________________________________________
(4) 多次试验之后，对电灯的研究取得了突破。1879年，第一盏电灯面世了。 (breakthrough)
___________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________
(5) 爱迪生有两千多项发明， 为社会的发展做出了巨大贡献。(with...)
__________________________________________________________
(本部分分两步进行。第一：翻译句子，通过这部分练习，学生重读文章，找到相关的表达，并尝试加以利用，达到学以致用的目的。第二：连句成篇，体会一下怎样写伟人。)
Read the following passage and finish the following exercises.
Walt Whitman, one of America's greatest writers, helped people learn to value poetry. He created a new kind of poetry. Walt Whitman was born in 1819 in New York City. During his long life, he watched America grow from a young nation to the strongest industrial power in the world. Whitman was influenced by events around him. But his poetry speaks of the inner self. He celebrated great people like President Abraham Lincoln. He also celebrated common people.
As a young man, Whitman worked as a school teacher, a printer and a newspaper reporter. He was thirty-six years old when he published his first book of poetry called ”Leaves of Grass.“ It had only twelve poems. The poems are written in free verse. The lines do not follow any set form. One of America's greatest thinkers and writers immediately recognized the importance of ”Leaves of Grass.“ But most other poets and writers said nothing or denounced it. Most readers also rejected Whitman's poems. The new form of his poetry surprised many people. However experts today praise ”Leaves of Grass“ as a major literary work.
After the Civil War, Whitman worked for government agencies. He believed democracy(民主) is meant to respect the rights of every person and the equality of all people. Whitman's poems express his love for America and its people in many ways.
Whitman was poor and weak during the last years of his life. He died in 1892.
What's Whitman's achievement?
___________________________________________________________
What do experts today think of ” Leaves of Grass“?
___________________________________________________________
（本部分分两步进行。 第一：阅读文章并回答问题，提高学生的阅读能力。第二：重读文章，找一下与伟人相关的表达，进一步扩充与伟人相关的表达，积累作文素材。）
V. 能力提升
请从下列人物中选择你最喜欢的一位，用英语写一篇80字左右的短文，根据信息可适当发挥，且需包括以下两部分内容：
对该人物介绍。2. 从该人物身上学到什么。
蒲松龄（1640 - 1715） 李振声
清朝伟大作家；
穷困一生，教私塾(private school)谋生；
科举失败；
《聊斋志异》赞誉为中外有影响力文学作品，表现现实，表达憎恶和理想。 科学家；
1951年毕业于山农大；
间多次试验，育成杂交小麦，抗病能力强，产量高；
中国解决吃饭问题取得进步；
向世界表明“中国人能养活自己”。
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
篇5：非谓语动词复习（二） (新课标版高三英语下册教学论文)
非谓语动词复习（二）
非谓语动词历年高考题
(78)1. I've heard him_____ about you often.
A. spoke B. speaks C. speak
(79)2. I'm hungry. Get me something_____.
A. eatB. to eat C. eating D. for eating
(79)3. There isn't any difference between the two. I really don't know_____
A. where to choose B. which to choose
C. to choose what D. to choose which
(79)4, The teacher told them_____ make so much noise.
A. don't B. not C. will not D. not to
(79)5. I saw him_____ out of the room.
A. go B. had gone C. has gone D. goes
(79)6. I'm going to have my radio
A. fixed B. to fix C. fix D. fixing
(80)7. The workers want us_____ together with them.
A. workB. working C. to work D. worked
(80)8. The officers narrowly escaped_____ in the hot battle.
A. have killed B. to kill C. to be killed D. being killed
(80)9. _____ the letter, he went out to post it,
A. Writing B. Being written C. Having written D. Written
(80)10. If you wave your book in front of your face, you can feel the air_____ against your face.
A. moved B. moving C. moves D. to move
(81)11. Don't you remember_____?
A. seeing the man beforeB. to see the man before
C. saw the man before D. to have seen the man before
注；第11题A．D答案均为正确
(83) 12. People couldn't help_____ the foolish emperor in the procession.
A. laugh at B. to laugh at C. laughing at D. laughing on
(83) 13. What's the language in Germany?
A. speaking B. spoken C. be spoken D. to speak
(83)14. We're looking forward_____ the photo exhibition.
A. to visiting B. to visit C. to having visited D. visiting
(83) 15. Our headmaster often told us _____ things for granted.
A. not to have B. not to take C. didn't take D. not to make
(83)16. The girl_____ under that tree is my sister.
A. sitting B. sitsC. is sitting D. sat
(84)17. ___ some officials, Napoleon inspected his army.
A. Followed B. Followed by
C. Being followed D. Having been followed by
(84)18. Do you remember_____ me at a party last year?
A. meetB. to meet C. meeting D. met
(85)19. This sentence needs_____
A. an improvement B. improve C. improving D. improved
(85)20.--- What are you going to do this morning?
---I'm thinking of_____ to visit my aunt.
A. go B. going C. having gone D. my going
(85)21. _____ anything about the accident ,he went to work as usual.
A. Not known B. Known not C. Knowing not D. Not knowing
(85)22.--- ”Have you decided when_____?“ ---”Yes, tomorrow morning.“
A. to leave B. to be leaving C. will you leave D. are you leaving
(85)23. I really enjoy_____ that kind of job.
A. do B. doing C. to do D. to be doing
(85)24. ---”There's a hole in your bag.“
---”l know. I am going to have it_____.“
A. mend B. mending C. mended D. to be mended
(86)25. The next morning she found the man in bed, _____ dead.
A. lying B. lie C. lay D. laying
(86)26. Tell him_____ the window.
A. to shut not B. not to shut C. to not shut D. not shut
(86)27. Only one of these books is
A. worth to read B. worth being read
C. wroth of reading D. worth reading
(86)28. He had his leg_____ in the match yesterday.
A. to break B. broken C. break D. breaking
(86)29. I can't imagine_____ that with them.
A. doB. to do C. being done D. doing
(87) 30. Most of the people_____ to the party were famous scientists.
A. invited B. to invite C. being invited D. inviting
(87)31. The squirrel was lucky that it just missed _____.
A. catching B. to be caught C. being caught D. to catch
(87)32. Though he had often made his little sister_____, today he was made_____ by his little sister.
A. cry; to cry B. crying; crying C. cry; cry D. to cry; cry
(87)33. They would not allow him_____ across the enemy line.
A. to risk going B. risking to go C. for risk to go D. risk going
(88)34. She didn't remember_____ him before.
A. having met B. have met C. to meet D. to having met
(88)35. They knew her very well. They had seen her_____ up from childhood.
A. grow B. grew C. was growing D. to grow
(89)36. Do you know the boy_____ under the big tree?
A. layB. lain C. layingD. lying
(89)37. Go on_____ the other exercise after you have finished this one.
A. to do B. doing C. with D. to be doing
(89)38.There was terrible noise______ the sudden burst of light.
A. followed B. following C. to be followed D. being followed
(89)39. ---”What do you think of the book?“
---”Oh, excellent. It's worth_____ a second time.“
A. to read B. to be read C. reading D. being read
(89)40. She pretended_____ me when I passed by.
A. not to see B. not seeing C. to not see D. having not seen
(89)41.---- ”Good morning. Can I help you?“
---- ”I'd like to have this package_____, madam.“
A. be weighed B. to be weighed C. to weigh D. weighed
(89)42. _____ your coat at once. We must hurry.
A. Wear B. Wearing C. Put on D. Putting on
(90)43. Most of the artists_____ to the party were from South Africa.
A. invited B. to invite C. being invited D. had been invited
(90)44. _____ more attention, the trees could have grown better.
A. Given B. To give C. Giving D. Having given
(90)45. She reached the top of the hill and stopped_____ on a big rock by the side of the path.
A. to have rested B. resting C. to rest D. rest
(90)46. Last summer I took a course on ___.
A. how to make dresses B. how dresses be made
C. how to be made dresses D. how dresses to be made
(91)47. The murderer was brought in, with his hands_____ behind his back.
A. being tied B. having tied C. to be tied D. tied
(91)48. The secretary worked late into the night, _____ a long speech for the president.
A. to prepare B. preparing C. prepared D. was preparing
(91)49. I can hardly imagine Peter_____ across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.
A. sail B. to sail C. sailing D. to have sailed
(91)50. --The light in the office is still on. --Oh, I forgot_____
A. turning it off B. turn it off C. to turn it off D. having turned it off
(91)51. John was made_____ the truck for a week as a punishment.
A. to wash B. washing C. wash D. to be washing
(92)52. Little Jim should love to_____ the theatre this evening.
A. to be taken B. to takeC. being taken D. taking
(92)53. --I usually go there by train. --Why not_____ by boat for a change.
A. to try going B. trying to go C. to try and go D. try going
(92)54. I would appreciate______ back this afternoon.
A. you to call B. you call C. your calling D. you're calling
(92)55. There're so many kinds of tape- recorders on sale that I can't make up my mind_____ to buy.
A. what B. which C. how D. where
(92)56._____ a reply, he decided to write again.
A. Not receiving B. Receiving not
C. Not having received D. Having not received
(93)57, ”Can't you read?“ Mary said_____ to the notice,
A.angrily pointing B. and point angrily
C.angrily pointed D. and angrily pointing
(93)58.How about the two of us_____ a walk down the garden?
A. to take B. take C. taking D. to be taking
(93)59. The computer centre, _____ last year, is very popular among the students in this school.
A. open B. opening C. having opened D. opened
(93) 60. Charles Babbage is generally considered _____ the first computer.
A. to invent B. inventing C. to have invented D. having invented
(94)61. --I must apologize for_____ ahead of time. --That's all right.
A. letting you not knowB. not letting you know
C. letting you know notD. letting not you know
(94)62, The missing boys were last seen_____ near the river.
A. playing B. to be playing C. play D. to play
(94)63.The visiting Minister expressed his satisfaction with the talks, _____ that he had enjoyed his stay here.
A. having added B. to add C. adding D. added
(94)64. The first textbooks_____ for teaching English as a foreign language came out in the 16th century.
A. having written B. to be written C. being written D. written
(95)65.--You were brave enough to raise objections at the meeting:
--Well, now I regret_____ that.
A. to do B. to be doing C. to have done D. having done
(95)66. Paul doesn't have to be made_____. He always works hard.
A. learn B. to learn C. learned D. learning
(95)67. We agreed_____ here but so far she hasn't turned up yet.
A. having met B. meeting C. to meet D. to have met
(96)68. The patient was warned______ oily food after the operation.
A. to eat not B. eating not C. not to eat D. not eating
(96)69. ______ in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him.
A. Losing B. Having lost C. Lost D. To lose
(97)70. I would love______ to the party last night but I had to work extra hours to finish a report.
A. to go B. to have gone C. going D. having gone
(97) 71. The Olympic Games, ______ in 776 B. C., did not include women players until 1912.
A. first playing B. to be first played C. first played D. to be first playing
(97)72. -- Alice, why didn't you come yesterday?
-- I______, but I had an unexpected, visitor.
A. had B. would C. was going to D. did
(97)73. The fire spread through the hotel very quickly but everyone___ get out.
A. had to B. would C. could D. was able to
(98)74. _____ it with me and I'll see what I can do.
A. When left B. Leaving C. If you leave D. Leave
(98)75. Cleaning women in big cities usually get______ by the hour.
A. payB. paying C. paidD. to pay
(98)76. European football is played in 80 countries, ______ it the most popular sport in the world.
A. making B. makes C. made D. to make
(99)77. Robert is said____ abroad, but I don't know what country he studied in.
A. to have studied B. to study
C. to be studying D. to have been studying
(99)78. The purpose of new technologies is to make life easier, _____ it more difficult.
A. not make B. not to make C. not making D. do not make
(99)79. When I got back home I saw a message pinned to the door______ ”Sorry to miss you; will call later."
A. read B. reads C. to read D. reading
80. I've worked with children before, so I know what____ in my new job.
A. expected B. to expect C. to be expecting D. expects
(2000)81. The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see______ the next year.
A. carry out B. carrying out C. carried out D. to carry out
()82. ______ such heavy pollution already, it may now be too late to clean up the river.
A. Having suffered B. Suffering C. To suffer D. Suffered
()83. Having a trip abroad is certainly good for the old couple, but it remains______ whether they will enjoy it.
A. to see B. to be seen C. seeing D. seen
(2002)84. It is said in Australia there is more land than the government knows ______.
A. it what to do with B. what to do it with
C. what to do with it D. to do what with it
注：此题没有正确答案。如答案选C，须去掉it。
(2002上海)85. In order to gain a bigger share in the international market, many state-run companies are striving___ their products more competitive.
A. to make B. making C. to have made D. having made
(2002上海)86. Quite a few people used to believe that disaster_____ if a mirror was broken.
A. was sure of striking B. was sure of having struck
C. was sure to be struck D. was sure to strike
(2002上海)87. Though______ money, his parents managed to send him to university.
A. lackedB. lacking of C. lacking D. lacked in
(2002上海)88. Don't use words, expressions, or phrases_______ only to people with specific knowledge.
A. being known B. having been known C. to be known D. known
(2002上海)89. ______ to sunlight for too much time will do harm to one's skin.
A. Exposed B. Having exposed C. Being exposed D. After being exposed
(2002春招)90. Prices of daily goods______ through a computer can be lower than store prices.
A. are bought B. bought C. been bought D. buying
(2002上海春招)91. In some parts of London, missing a bus means______ for another hour.
A. waiting B. to wait C. waitD. to be waiting
(2002上海春招)92. When___, the museum will he open to the public next year.
A. completed B. completing C. being completed D. to be completed
(2002北京)93--How do you deal with the disagreement between the company and the customers?
--The key ______ the problem is to meet the demand _______ by the customers.
A. to solving; making B. to solving; made
C. to solve; making D. to solve; made
(2002广东)94. Having a trip abroad is certainly good for the old couple, but it remains______ whether they will enjoy it.
A. to seeB. to be seen C. seeing D. seen
(2002广东)95. It is said in Australia there is more land than the government knows______.
A. it what to do with B. what to do it with
C. what to do with it D. to do what with it
(2002广东)96. The research is so designed that once______ nothing can be done to change it.
A. begins B. having begun C. beginning D. begun
(全国)97. The teacher asked us______ so much noise.
A. don't make B. not make C. not making D. not to make
(2003全国)98. ______ time, he'll make a first-class tennis player.
A. Having given B. To give C. Giving D. Given
(2003上海)99. The discovery of new evidence led to______.
A. the thief having caught B. catch the thief
C. the thief being caught D. the thief to be caught
(2003上海)100. Generally speaking, ______ according to directions, the drug has no side-effect.
A. when taking B. when taken C. when to take D. when to be taken
(2003上海)101. An army spokesman stressed that all the soldiers had been ordered_______ clear warnings before firing any shots.
A. to issue B. being issued C. to have issued D. to be issued
(2003上海)102. There is a new problem involved in the popularity of private cars_______ road conditions need______.
A. that; to be improved B. which; to be improved
C. where; improving D. when; improving
(2003北京春招)103. --Why did you go back to the shop?
--I left my friend______ there.
A. waiting B. to wait C. wait D. waits
(2003北京春招)104. The manager,______ his factory's products were poor in quality, decided to give his workers further training.
A. knowing B. known C. to know D. being known
(2003北京春招)105. The man we followed suddenly stopped and looked as if _______ whether he was going in the right direction.
A. seeingB. having seen C. to have seen D. to see
(2003上海春招)106. Don't be discouraged. ______ things as they are and you will enjoy every day of your life.
A. Taking B. To take C. Take D. Taken
(2003上海春招)107. Friendship is like money: easier made than ____.
A. kept B. to be kept C. keeping D. being kept
(2003上海春招)108. ______the meeting himself gave them a great deal of encouragement.
A. The president will attend B. The president to attend
C. The president attended D. The president's attending
(2003上海春招)109. Unless______ to speak, you should remain silent at the conference.
A. invitedB. inviting C. being invited D. having invited
(2003上海春招)110. Site will tell us why she feels so strongly that each of us has a role______ in making the earth a better place to live.
A. to have played B. to play C. to be played D. to be playing
（福建）111. Having been ill in bed for nearly a month, he had a hard time __ the exam.
A. pass B. to pass C. passed D. passing
(2004福建) 112. The news reporters hurried to the airport, only __ the film stars had left.
A. to tell B. to e told C. telling D. told
(2004湖北) 113. __ with the size of the whole earth, the biggest ocean does not seem big at all.
A. Compare B. When comparing C. Comparing D. When compared
（2004江苏）114. The man insisted __ a taxi for me even though I told him I lived nearby.
A. find B. to find C. on finding D. in finding
（2004江苏）115. The old man, __ abroad for twenty years, is on his way back to his motherland.
A. to work B. working C. to have worked D. having worked
（2004甘肃等地）116. It shames me to say it, but I told a lie when __ at the meeting by my boss.
A. questioning B. having questioned
C. questioned D. to be questioned
（2004甘肃等地）117. Alice returned from the manager’s office, __ me that the boss wanted to see me at once.
A. having told B. tells C. to tell D. telling
（2004广东）118. __ the program, they have to stay there for another two weeks.
A. Not completing B. Not completed
C. Not having completed D. Having not completed
（2004广东）119. If you are planning to spend your money having fun this week, better __ it --- you’ve got some big bills coming.
A. forget B. forgot C. forgetting D. to forget
（2004广西）120. Helen had to shout __ above the sound of the music.
A. making herself hear B. to make herself hear
C. making herself heard D. to make herself heard
（2004广西）121. Reading is an experience quite different from watching TV; There are pictures __ in your mind instead of before your eyes.
A. to form B. form C. forming D. having formed
（2004湖南）122. You were silly not __ your car.
A. to lock B. to have lock C. locking D. having locked
（2004吉林四川等地）123. When first __ to the market, these products enjoyed great success.
A. introducing B. introduced C. introduce D. being introduced
（2004吉林四川等地）124. ” We can’t go out in this weather,” said Bob, __ out of the window.
A. looking B. to look C. looked D. having looked
（2004辽宁）125. I don’t know whether you happen __, but I’m going to study in the USA this September.
A. to be heard B. to be hearing C. to hear D. to have heard
（2004辽宁）126. __ by the beauty of nature, the girl from London decided to spend another two days on the farm.
A. Attracting B. Attracted C. To be attracted D. Having attracted
（2004天津）127. Don’t leave the water __ while you brush your teeth.
A. run B. running C. being run D. to run
（2004浙江）128. Linda worked for the Minnesota Manufacturing and Mining Company, __ as 3M.
A. knowing B. known C. being known D. to be known
（2004浙江）129. I’ve never seen anyone run so fast --- __ David go.
A. just watch B. just to watch C. just watching D. just having watched
（2004重庆）130. Laws that punish parents for their little children’s actions against the laws get parents __.
A. worried B. to worry C. worrying D. worry
（2004北京）131. __ in the queue for half an hour, Tom suddenly realized that he had left his wallet at home.
A. To wait B. Have waited C. Having waited D. To have waited
特注：非谓语动词常见特殊用法30例
1 . The plane is about ______ (take) off .
2 . What about ______ (play) basketball ?
3 . She would rather ______ (try) again than ______ (give) up her hope .
4 . The boy often prefers ______ (watch) TV to (see) a film .
5 . The heroine Liu Hu-lan preferred ______ (die) rather than ______ (give ) in .
6 . The teacher raised his voice in order to make himself ______ (understand) .
7 . The teacher raised his voice in order to make his students ______ (understand) what he was saying .
8 . Coal can be used to ______ (generate) electricity .
9 . She is used to ______ (cook) with coal .
10 . We had hoped to ______ (catch) the early bus , but it left .
11 . We hoped to ______ (catch) the early bus , but it left .
12 . Why ______ (eat) so much ? It'll do you harm!
13 . Why not ______ (eat) some more ? You'll be hungry .
14 . There is no ______ (know) when he would be back .
15 . As well as ______ (break) his leg , he hurt his arm .
16 . He would be the last man ______ (say) such a thing .
17 . It passes right through their bodies , only ______ (get) a little thicker and sweeter .
18 . He worked harder only ______ (fail) again .
19 . He desired nothing but ______ (succeed) .
20 . I could not do anything but ______ (sit) there .
21 . I enjoy doing anything but ______ (talk) with him .
22 . I cannot but ______ (hurry) back .
23 . The girl couldn't but ______ (tell) the truth .
24 . I cannot help ______ (think) so .
25 . I'm very tired now , I can't help ______ (do) it for you .
26 . The problem is worth ______ (discuss) again .
27 . The problem is worthy ______ (discuss) again .
28 . The problem is worthy of ______ (discuss) again .
29 . They are not worthy ______ (choose) .
30 . They are worthy ______ (take) their positions .
非谓语动词历年高考题答案:
1-5 BBDA 6-10 .ACDCB 11-15. A CBAB 16-20. ABCCB
21-25. DABCA 26-30. BDBDA 3l-35. CAAAA 36-40. DABCA
41-45. DCAAC 46-50. ADBCC 51-55. AADCB 56-60. CACDC
61-65. BACDD 66-70. BCCCB 71-75.CCDDC 76-80.AABDB 81-85.CABC A 86-90.DCDCB 91-95.AADBC 96-100.DDDCB
101-105. AAAAD 106-110.CADAB 111-115 DBDCD
116-120 CDCAD 121-125 CBBAD 126-130 BBBAA 131. C
非谓语动词常见特殊用法30例的答案及讲解:
1 . to take。
2 . playing。be about (副词) + 不定式表示，即将发出的动作，What (How) about (介词)+动名词用来表示征求意见、询问消息或提出建议等。
3. try ; give。在“would rather…than…”结构中，前后都用不带 to 的不定式表示“宁愿……而不……”的意思。
4 . watching ; seeing。在“prefer…to…”结构中，前后都用动名词表示“宁愿……而不……”意思。
5 . to die ; give。在“prefer…rather than…”结构中，前面跟带 to 的不定式，后面跟不带 to 的不定式，表示“宁愿……也不……”的意思。
6 . understood。make oneself 后常用 understand , hear , know , see 等动词的过去分词作宾补，表示“使人懂得(听到、了解、看到)自己”的意思。
7 . understand。make sb . do sth . 结构。
8 . generate。动词 use 的被动态，表示某物被用来做什么。
9. cooking。句中主语是人，表示某人习惯于做什么。
10 . catch。
11 . have caught。hope , expect , intend , mean , plan , suppose , think , want 这几个动词用来表示本来打算完成而未完成的动作时，可用例句中的这两种不同的形式表达相同的意思。
12 . eat。
13 . eat。why +不带 to 的不定式，表示做某事是不必要或无意义的，why not +不带 to 的不定式，表示提出建议或劝告。
14 . knowing。在 there be 句型中用 no + 动名词作主语，表示某事根本不可能，相当于 It is impossible to do sth .
15 . breaking。as well as 位于句首时，后面的动词须用动名词。
16 . to say。“the last +人或事+不定式”结构，是一种加强否定的表达形式。其中的 last 不作“最后的”讲，而作“最不可能的”、“最不合适的”讲(后跟定语从句时，意思与此相同)。本句意为：他决不是说这种话的人。
17 . getting。only + to do 表达意想不到的结果，only + ing 表达必然的结果
18 . to fail。only + 现在分词短语作结果状语，表示一种“顺理成章”地实现了的必然结果；only +不定式也作结果状语，但它表示的却是一种事先没有意料到的相反结果，相当于汉语的“反而”、“不料”、“出人意料”等意思。
19 . to succeed。
20 . sit。
21 . talking。but 用作介词，其前有 do 或 do 的其他形式时，一般跟不带 to 的不定式；其前无 do 或 do 的其他形式时，则跟带 to 的不定式；其前有动名词时，也同样跟动名词。
22. hurry。
23 . tell。can but 后跟不带 to 的不定式表示“只得”的意思；cannot but 后跟不带 to 的不定式表示“不得不”、“禁不住”的意思。
24 . thinking。
25 . to do。cannot help 作“不得不”、“禁不住”解时，后面跟动名词；作“不能用帮忙做某事”解时，则应跟不定式。
26 . discussing。
27 . to be discussed。
28 . being discussed。be worth +动名词(主动形式被动意义)，be worthy +不定式被动式；be worthy of + 动名词的被动式都表示“……值得做”。
29 . to be chosen。
30 . to take。以人作 worthy 的主语时，不定式的动作不是句中主语发出的就用该不定式的被动式，是句中主语发出的就用主动式。
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇6：高三英语写作教案(新课标版高三英语教案教学设计)
Topic: write a concise passage
Time: 2:55 p.m. March 17, 2002
Purpose: 1. explain why wordiness appears in writing usually.
2. Make a wordy phrase, sentence and passage concise.
3. Build up a concise passage.
Aids: CAI, computer and POH.
Procedures:
In general: 1. Pre-learning: give examples and ask students to discuss how wordiness happens.
2. Presentation: summary what students express and induce them to think how to correct wordy sentences.
3. Practice: direct students to correct wordy phrases, sentences, and passages and organize certain rules by themselves.
4. Consolidation: write a concise passage according to the given requirements (Picture story).
5. Homework: 1) Correct some other passages.
2) surf website about English Writing.
In detail:
Step I. Pre-learning.
Give two different versions of passages and ask students to compare:
The two passages:
Passage one: Tom is four years old and he is energetic. One day a bike was give to him. The bike is new and it is a light blue color. Tom received the bike for his birthday. He struggled to ride his bike. He struggled for two hours. However, he was unsuccessful in riding the bike.
Passage two: Four-year-old Tom is energetic. One day, he got a light blue bike for his birthday. He struggled for two hours to ride it, but he was unsuccessful.
The hint: passage one is too long with many redundant words, while the second is concise and clear. That is what should be achieved in writing.
Step II. Presentation.
Show wordy phrases and sentences. Ask students to discuss how wordiness appears and find out the way to correct them.
Sample one: The employee with anger quarreled with his boss. (angry)
A girl likes Chinese food better. (prefer)
There are many People hunting animals for living in the mountain. (hunters)
In the not too distant future, our dreams will come true. (near)
He gave up school on condition of the fact that it was necessary for him to support his family. (because)
Summary one: Change phrases into single words.
Sample two: The house, which was built newly is near the sea.
(The newly-built house )
People who are interested in the job must send your resume to our company before Friday.
(People interested in the job)
The way that is most efficient and convenient...
(the most efficient and convenient way)
While he is waiting for the bus, he always recites texts. (While waiting for the bus or Waiting for…)
Please put the money at a place where it is safe.
(please put the money at a safe place )
summary two: change clauses in phrases.
Sample three: A letter was sent by Mrs. Smith.
(Mrs. Smith sent a letter)
Your luggage will be checked by a custom official and then a pass card will be given to you.
(A custom official will check your luggage and give you a pass card)
The production of the factory was affected greatly by so many inexperienced workers.
(So many inexperienced workers affected the production of the factory greatly.)
Although Chinese is regularly used by students, a close and complete study of the subject is seldom taken by them.
(Although students regularly use Chinese, they seldom take a close and complete study of the subject.)
Summary three: change unnecessary passive into active voice.
Sample four: The skirt is blue in color. (the skirt is blue)
In the year of 1840 the war broke out.
(The war broke our in 1840)
We plan to meet before sunrise very early in the morning. (We plan to meet before sunrise)
I play basketball equally as well as my brother.
(I play basketball as well as my brother.)
summary four: avoid repetition.
Step III. Practice
Correct wordy sentences and passage.
1. There are many ways in which a student who is interested in meeting foreign students may come to know one.
(Students interested in meeting foreign students may come to know one in many ways.)
2. There are many farmers in the area who are planning to attend the meeting which is fixed for next Friday.
(Many farmers in the area plan to attend the meeting fixed for next Friday)
3. To work as a accountant, an education in money planning is required.
(To work as a accountant, one requires to study money planning.)
4. The subjects that are considered most important by students are those that have been shown to be useful to them after graduation.
(Students consider the subjects shown useful to them after graduation most important.)
5. The decision that was reached by the committee was to put off the vote.
(The committee reached the decision to put off the vote.)
(The committee decided to put off the vote)
6. The animal trainer dove into the pool. The trainer was skilled and athletic. She was excited when she dove into the pool. She swam with two dolphins. The dolphins were babies. The dolphins were playful. The trainer swam with the dolphins for over an hour. When the trainer swam with the dolphins, she was happy.
(The skilled, athletic animal trainer excitedly dove into the pool and happily swam for over an hour with two playful baby dolphins.)
Step IV. Consolidation.
Ask students to write a passage as concise as possible and evaluate some examples in class through POH. (Picture and story)
Step V. Homework
1. Give students more samples of wordiness to revise and improve.
1)Before the travel agent was completely able to finish explaining the various differences among all of the many very unique vacation packages his travel agency was offering, the customer changed her future plans.
2)During that time period, many car buyers preferred cars that were pink in color and shiny in appearance.
3) Our branch office currently employs five tellers. These tellers do an excellent job Monday through Thursday but cannot keep up with the rush on Friday and Saturday.
4) The blizzard contained strong winds and heavy snow. During the snowstorm, the roof of the town library collapsed. The roof of the post office did the same. The blowing snow covered the county roads. Schools cancelled classes due to the white-out conditions.
5) Locked away in the old chest, Richard was surprised by the antique hats.
2. Click website http：／／www.englishonline.nei or http：／／www.esldirect.com for more information about writing if it is possible.
篇7：高二英语下册教案集合(新课标版高二英语下册教案教学设计)
No.001
Brief Introduction to the whole book
I. Suggestions & Requirements:
1. Do you still remember what I required last term for all of you? I hope it will go on evaluating in the new term.
2. Spitting is forbidden in the classroom at any time especially in class.
3. Two notebooks should be prepared; one is used for collecting the key points in class or out of class while reading English magazines or newspapers. The other is for keeping a diary in English every day. 3 or 5 correct sentences but I'm sure some of you will write 3 or 5 pages a day. Slowly but perseverant.
4. Cultivate a good habit to speak English here and there. As we know, we usually learn English by heart but we never use it in our daily life. It's a pity. I hope you can speak with each other, with yourselves, with me or with your parents in English from now on. Don't worry about others cannot understand you. At least you can grasp chances to practice expressing yourselves in English. Gradually you'll find it's easy for you to memorize what you are reading.
5. Everyone should have an English dictionary and know how to use it to consult some simple and easy words and master their functions. You should put it at your hand.
6. Reading more English stories. That'll be useful and helpful to improve your ability.
7. Remember only the time in class is not enough for you to learn English well, and interest is your best teacher. If you like English, you won't feel tired and will always be deep in thought and feel time pass so quickly.
8. Textbooks are easy for you to learn. For time in class is limited, everyone should have a good preview after class and I only ask you some questions and discuss some difficult points in class to find the main idea, finally do something with what you have mastered.
9. Don’t be afraid of recitation. For it’s the best way for you to learn a foreign language. If you memorize more, you’ll find it easy to understand the key points and also simple to read other English materials. At the very beginning of the new term I hope we all have a good start and make your mind to recite from the first unit. In fact, a unit a week, if you want, that’s not difficult for you to memorize the several sentences of the dialogue and two or three passages of the text. What’s more, the more you recite, the more easily you recite. You can have a try.
10. Speak or read in a loud voice in class. That’s easy for all of you to do but as I know it’s difficult for you to follow. Don’t be shy if you want to express yourself in public. If you can read or speak in a loud voice, the whole class will listen to you attentively and you’ll be full of confidence and be encouraged to learn it well.
11. Name each student in English. All of you should consult them in your dictionaries and find the correct pronunciation. Then try your best to memorize them for they are all useful words. I hope you can use them in our daily life, that’s also the best way to remember them. If you disagree, you can come to me to choose the one you’d like. Everyone should be clear about that Chinese is forbidden in English class, you can also require it in your dormitories and make notes in English in other classes. You’ll save at least a month in the two years.
12. In a word, if we have a good beginning, we’ll have a good end. Remember happiness always exists in the process to the destination. Of course, all is an empty word, we should behave through our actions.
II. General diagram of the whole book we learned last term and what we’ll learn in the new term:
UNIT TITLE TEXT GRAMMAR
1 Disneyland Walt Disney
Disneyland Revise the Object Clause
2 No smoking, please! No smoking, please! Noun Clauses as the Object & Predicative
3 Body language Body language The Infinitive
4 Newspapers How a newspaper is produced The -ing Form (as Subject &
Object)
5 Charlie Chaplin Charlie Chaplin Attributive Clauses
(Non-restrictive)
6 Mainly revision Coins
Collecting stamps
7 Canada Canada Agreement
8 First aid First aid
Safety in the home Modal Verbs
9 Saving the earth Earth, air and water
Animals in danger
A day in the forest Past Participles
(as Predi. & Attri.)
10 At the shop At the tailor's shop
A report on wine shops The use of as if & no matter
11 Hurricane! The hurricane Past Participles (as object
Complement)
12 Mainly revision Escape from the zoo
13 Albert Einstein Albert Einstein Noun clauses as subject
14 Satellites Satellites Attributive clauses
by/in which
15 A famous detective Noises in the night Past participles as Attribute, adverbial
16 The sea The sea
Salt lakes of the world
Life in the oceans Ellipsis
17 Life in the future Life in the future Noun clauses as appositive
18 Mainly revision We’ve lost our dad!
Tell him what you think of him!
19 A freedom fighter Martin Luther King, Jr. Attributive clauses
20 Disabilities Disabilities Inversion
21 Music Music
World music
A perfect day -ing form as predicative, attribute and object complement
22 A tale of two cities A tale of two cities -ing form as attribute, adverbial
23 Telephones Telephones
The telephone in the office
Mobile phones Noun clauses
24 Mainly revision The pianist
III. Post-class Notes:
1. On the early mornings of Tuesday, Thursday and Saturday, three days a week, you are required to read English.
2. Remember the twelve titles of the whole book that you’ll learn. It’ll be better if you can recite the first unit.
No.002
Unit 1
I. Teaching aims and demands
Words and expressions:
Ruler, go on with, the First World War, worldwide, right (n.), peace, work out, stick, stick to, rule, course
Daily English:
Is it…?
No, it’s not him.
Is he/she …?
Who is he/she?
What did he do?
It must be him/her.
II. Main and difficult points:
1. Language points
2. Practice
III. Teaching methods: talkative and enlightened methods
IV. Allocation of time: 6 periods
Lesson 49 of Unit 13
Aims and Demands: identifying people
Aids: a recorder and a small blackboard
Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
Ask some students to tell what they did during the winter vacation.
Ask the students the names of as many famous scientists as they know. And then explain
to the class what each person did.
Step 2. Presentation
Collect as much information as possible from the students about Albert Einstein. And then
write the information on the blackboard.
Step 3. Reading
Look at the picture on P 1 and describe what you see in the picture. Today we are going to learn a dialogue about a word puzzle. Read the dialogue so quickly and find the names of the four famous persons.
Step 4. Dialogue
Play the tape for the students to listen and repeat. Then let them practice in groups.
Step 5. Listening
Play the tape two or three times as necessary. Pause at important points and give the students help as necessary. Let them discuss their answers in pairs and then check them with the whole class.
Step 6. Language points
1. compare notes on /about
At the meeting, they compared notes on some technical problems.
Housewives like to compare notes about cooking.
2. do a word puzzle
After school, they often do word puzzles.
It is said that those who like to do word puzzles are clever.
3. fit the puzzle
One minute is given to you for fitting the puzzle.
They often try to fit together the Chinese puzzle of seven pieces of wood.
4. must be
Step 7. Workbook
Show the students an example and make them know how to do the exercises.
Homework:
1. Read the dialogue and finish off the exercises.
2. Have a good preview about L50
Blackboard design:
compare notes on /about
At the meeting, they compared notes on some technical problems.
Housewives like to compare notes about cooking.
do a word puzzle
After school, they often do word puzzles.
It is said that those who like to do word puzzles are clever.
fit the puzzle
One minute is given to you for fitting the puzzle.
They often try to fit together the Chinese puzzle of seven pieces of wood.
Post-class Notes:
No.003
Lesson 50 of Unit 13
Aims and demands: Reading comprehension about Albert Einstein.
Aids: a recorder and a small blackboard
Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the homework exercises.
2. Phrases translation:
(1) 交换意见
(2) 猜字谜
(3) 美国总统
(4) 为自由而战
(5) 互相帮助
(6) 著名物理学教授
Step 2. Presentation for reading
Read the passage quickly to find the answers to the questions:
What scientific work is Einstein famous for?
Where did he spend the last part of his life?
Step 3. Reading
Read the whole passage carefully and do Ex 1 in pairs or small groups. Then deal with some language points:
Be born
Used to
Learn by oneself
Enjoy very much
Get along with
Be content to do
Close friends
A government office
Go on with
Lead to
New discoveries in physics
At the end of
The First World War
Receive worldwide praise
Scientific research
The Nobel Prize for Physics
Be invited to give talks
Leave …for …
Be interested in
Refuse to do
Use a check as a bookmark
Live a life
Take American nationality
Spend a lot of time doing something
Human rights
Be fond of music
A world full of wars and killings
The 20th century’s greatest scientist
At the age of …
Step 4. Reading aloud
Play the tape for the students to listen and repeat. Pay attention to pronunciation and intonation.
Step 5. Note making
Fill in after reading easily.
Step 6. Practice
In Part 3 on P3, ask a student to read and explain.
Step 7. Workbook
Do all the exercises in pairs and discuss the answers.
Homework:
1. Recite the first paragraph of the text
2. Finish off all the exercises in workbook.
Blackboard design:
Learn by oneself
Enjoy very much
Get along with
Be content to do
Close friends
A government office
Go on with
Lead to
New discoveries in physics
At the end of
The First World War
…
No.004
Aims and demands: Language points.
Teaching Procedures:
Step 1 Revision
1. Written work (the first paragraph of the text)
2. Check the homework
Step 2 Language points
1. content adj. Happy, satisfied. Usually used in a phrase “be content to do” “be content with”
He was content to eat simple food.
My grandparents are content to live quietly in the country.
Don’t be content with small success.
No one is content with what he has.
Content v. make sb. happy and satisfied
Simple praise is enough to content him.
John contented himself with two glasses of beer for each meal.
2. lead to
The accident led to many deaths.
His carelessness led to his failure.
Too much work and too little rest lead to illness.
This kind of test is bad because it leads to incorrect learning.
3. the First World War = World War One
On June 28th, 1914 the relative of the Austria was killed
The main reason: In Germany, Austria-hungary, Italy, Russia, France, England and so on contradiction in politics, economic became acute.
Austria-hungary dug up the hatchet to Serbia on July 28, 1914
Later Russia, Germany, France and England engulfed the war and formed triple entente of Russia, France and England including Italy, Rumania, America and Greece.
Austria-hungary belonged to the other side Confederate / Ally including Bulgary and Turkey
Two sides lasted four years and subscribed the ceasefire entente on November 11, 1918 with the result of failure in Ally.
In the war, triple entente lost 5,000,000 army soldiers from the total of 42,000,000 and the Ally lost 3,400,000 from 2,3000,000
Two sides lost 21,000,000 in all.
4. the Nobel Prize
testament of Alfred Bernard Nobel (1833-1896 Sweden chemist, engineer and businessman invented trinitrotoluene and other more powerful dynamite and he had stocks of dynamite making all over the world and he also had property right of oil field in Russia, so he was wealthy and he always donated generously to all kinds of humanitarianism and scientific charity and the organizer of the Nobel Prize) used the fund as the prize. Every year there are four frameworks to be in charge of warding. (Three in Switzerland and one in Norway.)
The first time December 12, 1901 five years after Nobel died.
Five aspects: physics, chemistry, literature, biology or medicine, peace, and added one economy offered by Sweden National Bank.
5. live a …(happy, hard and quiet) life
The peasants in the past lived a hard life.
My grandparents are used to living a quiet life in the country.
Don’t forget the past while we are living a happy life.
He was taken to the USA at ten and lived all his life there.
6. besides ---- in addition to
We study Chinese, math and physics besides English.
7. expect ----- no including
We have classes every day except Sunday.
8. be full of
He brought us a basket full of fish.
His composition is full of mistakes.
Her eyes were full of tears.
People full of energy are fit for the job.
9. such
Such is my wish.
Such was the situation we were facing.
Such were his words.
Such are the results we have got.
Step 3 Practice
Finish off all the exercises in WB.
Homework:
1. Have a good preview about Lesson 51
2. Write a short passage about yourself.
Blackboard Design:
Be content to do
Lead to
The First World War
The Nobel Prize
Live a life
Be full of
such
Post-class notes
No.005
Lesson 51 of Unit 13
Aims: Revise Noun Clause as Subject
Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the homework exercises
2. Do some translation
(1) 不要满足于小小的成就。
(2) 他的粗枝大叶导致他的失败。
(3) 我们过着好日子的时候不要忘记过去。
(4) 他的作文全篇都是错误。
(5) 这些就是我们所取得的成就
(6) 除了英语我们还学数理化。
Step 2. Presentation for reading
Today we’re going to find out more about Albert Einstein. Read the passage quickly to find the answer to the question:
Why did Einstein leave Europe?
It was not safe to remain there.
Step 3. Reading
Read silently and carefully and answer the following questions:
1. Does light bend or does it travel in a straight line?
2. Did other scientists agree with Einstein at first?
3. Why didn’t he fight in the First World War?
Step 4. Reading aloud
Play the tape for the students to listen and repeat.
Step 5. Note making
A straight line
Light coming from the stars
As a result
It appeared to sb.
Work out
It was said that
Prove the idea to sb
Stick to
Go on with
Become world-famous
From that time on
Be greatly respected
The leading scientist of the century
Take Swiss nationality
Join the army
Take sides in the war
Be ruled by Hitler
In the early 1930s
Find it + adj. + to do
Write a letter to a newspaper
Leave … for
Step 6. Practice
Revise the forms of Noun Clauses as the Subject and write the following two sentences on the Bb:
What she thought was very interesting.
It was strange that some people were wearing nineteenth-century clothes.
Let the students work alone or in pairs and then check the answers with the whole class about Part 4 on P5.
Step 7. Language focus
When putting a question into the Noun Clause, the question form should be changed into a statement form the word order should be:
Interrogative pronoun / Adverb + Subject + Predicate + Object + Predicate part.
Step 8. Workbook
Let the students try to do the exercises on their own and then check the answers with the whole class.
Homework:
1. Remember the first sentence in each paragraph and talk about the contents with your classmates in your spare time.
2. Finish off all the exercises in workbook.
Blackboard design:
His new idea
Prove it to others and was respected
His opinion about the war
The reason why he left Europe
No.006
Aims: Language points
Teaching Procedures:
Step 1 Revision
1. Check homework
2. Translate some phrases
Step 2 Language points
1. light coming from the stars = that came from the stars
Let’s go and see the boy standing by the gate.
The woman wearing a pair of glasses is our teacher of physics.
Who is the girl speaking to the foreigner?
The big tree lying across the road was blown down yesterday.
2. it appears/seems to sb. + that clause
It is our duty to clean the classroom.
It is nice meeting you here.
It appears that he won’t come tonight.
It appeared to me that she enjoyed the food very much.
It seems to me that they are right.
It seemed that the manager was very angry.
3. work out
I can’t work out those problems.
Can you work out how much it costs to build the bridge?
He said he could work this puzzle out, but he didn’t.
4. appear to have done
The stars appeared to have moved. = It appeared that the starts had moved.
He appeared to have heard of the bad news. = It appeared that he had heard of the bad news.
They appeared to have done such a thing. = It appeared that they had done such a thing.
She appeared not to have got my letter. = It appeared that she hadn’t got my letter.
5. predictive clause
The problem is how we can stop pollution
That is how they left Germany during the war.
That is why Einstein and his family left Europe for the USA in 1933.
The problem is when you can finish the work.
The trouble is where we can get so many tools.
6. stick to --- refuse to change
No matter what you say, I shall stick to my plan.
You have made a good decision, and you should stick to it.
Do you always stick to your promises?
Insist on --- to order sth. to happen; strongly demand sth. or doing sth.
His daughter insisted on coming with him.
George’s father insisted on paying for the meal.
I’m afraid I have to insist on the return of my books at once.
7. What he wanted to see was an end to all the armies of the world.
What you need is more practice.
What he said seems all wrong.
What I want to know is the cause of the accident.
8. find it + adj./n. + infinitive
I found it possible to work out the problem without a computer.
He found it possible to leave Germany for the USA.
Do you find it a hard job to end the fighting?
9. It is + adj./n. + that-clause
It is certain that fuels like coal and oil cause a lot of pollution.
It is not yet decided when and where the test will be given.
10. It is said / reported … that-clause
It was said that only three people in the world could understand it at that time.
It is hoped that you’ll be able to visit our city in the near future.
Step 3 Practice
Finish off all the exercises in workbook.
Homework
1. Reading comprehension
2. Write a short passage with the phrases in this lesson.
Blackboard Design:
1. light coming from the stars = that came from the stars
2. it appears/seems to sb. + that clause
3. work out
.
4. appear to have done
5. predictive clause
6. stick to --- refuse to change
7. What he wanted to see was an end to all the armies of the world.
8. find it + adj./n. + infinitive
9. It is + adj./n. + that-clause
No.007
Lesson 52 of Unit 13
Aims: Listening comprehension.
Aids: a recorder and a small blackboard
Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the homework exercises.
2. Get several students to tell something about Albert Einstein.
Step 2. Checkpoint
Go through Checkpoint 1.
Deal with any other language points that the students wish to raise.
Step 3. Test
Write the following words on the blackboard:
Who/whose/which/where/when/why/what/whether/how
1. … we should invite to open the conference is a question.
2. … it should last two days or three days doesn’t matter.
3. The question is … we shall find a hall large enough for 200 people.
4. … many people will attend the conference has not been decided.
5. That is … nothing has yet been organized.
6. It is uncertain … we should hold the conference, in May or June.
7. Is … he said really true?
8. The question is …office we should use, yours or mine.
9. It is still unknown … will be sent to the States.
10. …so many people are interested in football is what we want to know.
Step 4. Writing
Write a brief introduction about Einstein’s life.
Step 5. Workbook
Finish off all the exercises in workbook.
Homework:
1. Write down a short passage in your notebooks.
2. Have a good preview about next unit.
Blackboard design:
He wanted to write about Einstein’s life in the college magazine.
He was offered a good job as professor, life was becoming very dangerous for Jews in Germany in the 1930s.
It is very quiet. He can get on with his research. He has a lot of visitors. There are lots of good things about his fife there.
He helps her with her arithmetic homework.
How long have you been in Princeton?
Why did you choose Princeton?
What made you decide to come to America?
What do you like about living in Princeton, Professor?
What other interests do you have?
And do you have any special friends?
Post-class Notes:
No.008
Revision of Unit 13
Aims: Check the answers to all the exercises on p77
Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Listen to the tape without looking at the books while I check the yellow-cover exercise book.
2. Ask the students to look up the word “content” in the dictionary
Step2. Presentation
Ask the students to learn how to sum up the knowledge they learned. I’ll use an example of keeping clothes. If you have many clothes, but you don’t keep them in order, you’ll find it difficult to find the proper one. So you’d better put them in different parts according to the seasons as follows:
spring summer autumn winter
Learning should also follow the principles above.
Step 3. Show how to sum up the points:
Imagine + Noun / v-ing form / that clause / wh-clause
How can we sum up the Gerund, we‘ve learned words “ finish, enjoy,” they are the same in the function and now we learn “imagine”. You can put them together. Later we‘ll also learn “practice, feel like and so on.”
Step 4. Check the answers to the exercises.
1. work out
2. stick to
3. lead to
4. go on with
5. be fond of
6. be content with
7. be content to
Step 5. Error correction.
1.was famous
2.Germany
3.accepted – received
4.leave .. for
5.However – Although
6.take interest in money
7.It said – It was said
8.which was missing
Blackboard design:
Join / attend
Where / there
Make up one’s mind / make a decision/decide
Make …do / get…to do
Live/living / alive
Put up / set up
Homework:
Have a good preview about Unit 14.
Do supplementary reading.
No.009
Unit 14
I. Teaching aims and demands
1. Words and expressions
Broad, circle, in space, pull, carry out, question (vt.), personally, exhibition, camera, fold, unfold, connect, object, direction, position, organization, dozen, dust, dusty, height, pilot, balloon, mention, model, length, attempt, globe, signal, orbit, rocket, panel.
2. Daily English
What do you feel like doing?
I feel like …+
Personally, I’d rather not do
I’m ready to…
What would you like to do…?
I’d like…
I’m planning to do…
What do you plan to do?
I want/intend/wish/plan to…
Have you decided…to…?
I haven’t decided what/ where to….
2. Grammar Revise Attributive Clauses
II. Main and difficult points:
1. Language points
2. Science fiction
III. Allocation of time: 6 periods.
Lesson 53 of Unit 14
I. Aims: Intentions & wishes (Unit 2 Asking for permission and responses)
II. Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the written work.
爱因斯坦1879.3.14出生于德国。他小时侯总是提出很多问题，到十四岁的时候，他就已经自学了数学。他胆小害羞很难和别的孩子相处。他从十七岁开始，就在瑞士学习。19在大学获得博士学位。 后来他在物理学方面的全新发现使他闻名于世。19他被授予诺贝尔物理学奖。并被邀请到许多国家讲学，被公认为 二十世纪杰出的科学家。希特勒统治德国的时候，因为他是一个犹太人而和他的家人离开欧洲去美国。于1940年取得美国国籍。他对致富从来就不感兴趣，他一直喜欢音乐。据说，他在音乐中找到了在一个充满战争与杀戮的世界上所失去的和平。
2. Discuss something about satellite.
What’s the Chinese word for satellite?
What are satellites used for?
Have you ever seen a satellite in the sky at night?
How do you put a satellite into space?
Step 2. Presentation
Describe the picture on P7. and learn the new word exhibition.
Step 3. Reading:
Read the dialogue silently and find out the answers to the following questions:
Where do Jane and Zhou Lan decide to go today? (to the Science Museum)
Why do they want to go there? (there is a special exhibition about space and satellites)
(Unit 2 Do you mind if I smoke?
Would you mind if I smoked in the office next door?
I wonder if I could use your phone.)
Step 4. Dialogue
Go through the model dialogue with the whole class and get the students to make up similar dialogues and ask some pairs to act out their dialogues in front of the class.
Explain:
1. feel like
Do you feel like tea or coffee?
I feel like going for a walk. Will you go with me?
She doesn’t feel like eating. She must be ill.
2. so/as far as I know
As far as I know, she’ll be in Beijing for two weeks.
He will come here next Monday, so far as I know.
Let’s go to the History Museum tomorrow.
As far as I know, it’s closed on Monday.
3. not any more
Do you still work in the Science Museum?
No, not any more.
Is the Children’s Park free?
No, not any more. It used to be free but now you have to pay.
4. personally
Personally I agree to your plan.
She said she didn’t like it, but personally I thought it was very good.
Personally I think he is a very good man, but you may not agree.
5. have got … on
Have you got anything on this evening?
No, I have nothing on this evening.
I haven’t got anything on this evening.
I’m sorry I can’t attend your party, I have got a meeting on for that night.
Step 5.Practice
Here are some other phrases which the students can use as alternative items to the ones printed in bold in the dialogue.
Art museum / exhibition
Hot / cold
National Art Museum / exhibition of clothing open
Was open last week / it’s closed
Engineering Museum
Boats / the sea
ships
Step 6. Workbook
Read and act out the dialogue in pairs. Call out several pairs to give out their performance in front of the class.
Encourage the students to give different answers.
Get two students to read aloud the model dialogue. We may use different expressions to make another dialogue with a student about the same picture.
Step 7. Consolidation
Practice the dialogue once more.
Homework:
1. Remember the key phrases in the dialogue and make a new one while taking with each other in class break.
2. Have a good preview about L54
Blackboard design:
1. feel like
Do you feel like tea or coffee?
I feel like going for a walk. Will you go with me?
She doesn’t feel like eating. She must be ill.
2. so/as far as I know
As far as I know, she’ll be in Beijing for two weeks.
He will come here next Monday, so far as I know.
Let’s go to the History Museum tomorrow.
As far as I know, it’s closed on Monday.
3. not any more
Do you still work in the Science Museum?
No, not any more.
Is the Children’s Park free?
No, not any more. It used to be free but now you have to pay.
4. personally
Personally I agree to your plan.
She said she didn’t like it, but personally I thought it was very good.
Personally I think he is a very good man, but you may not agree.
5. have got … on
Have you got anything on this evening?
No, I have nothing on this evening.
I haven’t got anything on this evening.
I’m sorry I can’t attend your party, I have got a meeting on for that night.
Post-class Notes:
No.010
Lesson 54 of Unit 14
I.Teaching Aims and Demands:
1.Reading comprehension.
2.Make the students grasp the general idea of the text.
II.Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the homework exercises.
2. Revise the dialogue.
3. Do some translation.
(1) 他们在想今天做什么。
(2) 我想去自然历史博物馆。
(3) 据我所知，它过去是免费的，但现在得花钱进去
(4) 我个人看来，更愿去科学馆。
(5) 他们这个月举办了一个特别的展览会。
(6) 下学期我要特别研究一下卫星，或许能搞到一些有用信息。
Step 2. Presentation for reading
Talk about the picture and describe what they can see.
Because it has to be light, it has expensive equipment, it contains very expensive cameras.
Radio and TV programs, signals, information and photos of weather conditions.
Step 3. Reading
Read the passage carefully and note the answers. Discuss the answers with the whole class and deal with any useful expressions arise.
1. a natural satellite
2. travel in an orbit
3. carry up man-made satellites into space by rockets
4. escape the pull of the earth
5. reach a speed of 28,440 km/h
6. fall back to the earth
7. the most expensive
8. scientific equipment
9. be sent up into space by a rocket
10. make electricity from sunshine
11. use very broad sun panels
12. be folded up inside the satellite
13. the panels are unfolded to catch the sunshine
14. a rocket motor
15. change the direction of the satellite
16. send radio and TV programmes
17. change the position
18. connect broadcasting stations
19. signals travel at the speed of light
20. in less than a second
21. at present
22. the path of the hurricane
23. in the satellite pictures
24. keep out of
Step 4. Reading aloud
Play the tape of the passage fro the students to listen and follow.
Pay attention to stress and intonation.
Step 5. Note making
Read the whole passage carefully before doing the exercises individually.
Types of satellite What satellites can do
Broadcasting satellites
Weather
Communications
Space
Take photos
Make electricity
Change direction
Receive and send signals
Collect and send information
Carry out experiments
Step 6. Practice
Choose a proper one from
Step 7. Discussion
Read the text again and finish Part 5 on P9.
Step 8. Workbook
Do exercises 2-4.
Step 8. Consolidation
Revise the contents of the passage. And ask the students what they have learned about satellites so far during this unit.
Homework:
1. Finish all the exercises after class.
2. Have a good preview about L55.
Blackboard design:
Take photos
Make electricity
Change direction
Receive and send signals
Collect and send information
Carry out experiments
Post-class Notes:
No.011
I.Teaching aims and demands:
1.Language points.
2.Practice
II.Teaching Procedures:
Step 1 Revision
1. Words spelling
2. Text reading
Step 2 Language points
1. the lighter the better
The sooner, the better.
The more, the better.
The higher it flies, the smaller it appears.
2. make A from B
She made a dress from this material.
The dress was made from this material.
We made the jam from apples.
The jam was made from apples.
Mother made my trousers from an old pair of my father’s.
My trousers were made from an old pair of my father’s.
3. ing from used as Adverbial
Westerners eat their food, using forks and knives.
Please make a sentence, using the phrase “either…or”.
4. once
You will love the beautiful place once you get there.
Once you get into the habit of smoking, you won’t be able to give it up easily.
Once you understand the rule, you will have no further difficulty.
A decision shouldn’t be changed once it is made.
They came to see me once every two months.
I used to get a letter from my father once a week.
5. fold and unfold
He opened the envelope and unfolded the letter.
He folded the letter and put it in an envelope.
Words like this: cover, lock, pack, tie able, certain, clean, equal,
fair, happy, lucky, real, usual.
6. be likely to do sth.
A storm is likely to come tonight.
It is likely to be fine tomorrow.
That is not likely to happen.
It’s possible but not probable / likely that she’ll come here next month.
7. keep out of --- stay away from something bad
I warned Bill to keep out of trouble while I’m away.
You should keep out of these things.
Children have been warned to keep out of fields while the crops are growing.
Step 3 Practice
Ask the students to use the phrases to make some sentences.
III.Homework
1. Have a good preview about next lesson
2. Make sentences with the key phrases.
IV.Blackboard design:
No.012
Lesson 55 of Unit 14
I.Teaching Aims and Demands:
1. Reading comprehension
2. Grammar Noun Clauses
II.Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the homework exercises.
2. Translate some sentences
(1) 卫星须用火箭送入太空。
(2) 我们用苹果做成这种酱。
(3) 你一旦养成吸烟的习惯，就不可能轻易戒掉了。
(4) 他把信叠好，装入信封。
(5) 她有可能下月来这里，但不肯定。
(6) 我警告他在我外出时不要惹麻烦。
Step 2. Presentation for reading
Describe what they can see in the picture. And answer:
What two things are satellites used for?
Telephones; space research
Step 3. Reading
1. Read the passage carefully to find the answer to the question:
When was the organization for telephone satellites set up?
How many nations are there in this group today?
In what other fields of work do satellites play a part?
Why is it difficult to study space from a research station on the earth?
2. Useful expressions:
set up an organization
send telephone signals by satellite
on the other side of the world
with the help of
take photos
produce maps
between … and…
outer space
look into space
collect information
carry out experiment
Step 4. Discussion
Divide the class into groups of four to discuss the some early satellites.
Step 5. Language study
Revise the by/in which Attributive Clause
There is a rocket motor. The direction of the satellite can be changed.
There is a rocket motor by which the direction of the satellite can be changed.
There are many research stations on the earth. Outer space is studied.
There are many research stations on the earth in which outer space is studied.
Step 6. Practice
Drive to the space station
The height from/at which the photos were taken was 30,000 meters.
Step 7. Workbook
Finish the exercises 1-3 in class.
Homework:
1. Read the text fluently.
2. Do Ex.2 as written work.
Blackboard design:
set up an organization
send telephone signals by satellite
on the other side of the world
with the help of
take photos
produce maps
between … and…
outer space
look into space
collect information
carry out experiment
Post-class Notes:
No.013
II. Teaching aims and demands:
1. Language points.
2. Practice
III. Teaching Procedures:
Step 1 Revision
1. Words spelling
2. Text reading
Step 2 Language points
1. disease
She is diseased in body and mind.
These branches are diseased, we must cut them away from the tree.
2. tell the difference between A and B = tell A from B
Can you tell the difference between these two colours?
Few people can tell the difference between Jim and jack, as they are twin brothers.
Some people can’t tell red from green, as there is a fault in their eyes.
The two brothers are so much alike that it is almost impossible to tell one from the other.
3. with
With many of the poor, hunger is a constant problem.
The chief difficulty with these men was that they were old.
4. look into
I looked into the room, but no one was there.
She looked into my eyes for a long time without finding anything wrong.
Let’s look into this matter together.
The government will look into the living conditions of the workers.
5. make it difficult to get a clear picture of space
The snow storm made it hard to continue the trip.
Children should make it a rule to wash hands before meals.
I found it helpful to do exercises every morning.
Marx thought it important to study the situation in Russia.
6. Sputnik --- man-made satellite launched by Russia on October 4, 1957. It pioneered the series of satellites of spaceflight times.
Step 3 Practice
Ask the students to use the phrases to make some sentences.
IV. Homework
1. Have a good preview about next lesson
2. Make sentences with the key phrases.
Blackboard design:
1. disease
She is diseased in body and mind.
2. tell the difference between A and B = tell A from B
Can you tell the difference between these two colours?
The two brothers are so much alike that it is almost impossible to tell one from the other.
3. with
With many of the poor, hunger is a constant problem.
4. look into
I looked into the room, but no one was there.
The government will look into the living conditions of the workers.
5. make it difficult to get a clear picture of space
The snow storm made it hard to continue the trip.
Children should make it a rule to wash hands before meals.
No.014
:
Lesson 56 of Unit 14
I.Aims: Listening practice
II.Aids: a recorder
III.Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the homework exercises.
2. Error correction.
In 1864 a group of 85 countries set up an organization for sending telephone messages by satellite. Their first satellite was called Early Boy. Today there are more than 700 nations in this group and millions of satellites have been put into boxes. You can telephone somebody on the other side of the street with the help of telephone. Satellites are used less and less to take photos of people and to produce maps. Special cameras can show where different meals can be found. They can tell the difference between healthy people and people that are diseased. This is useful for doctors who work in deserts and in fields.
Step 2. Test
Write down the first paragraph on P10 without looking at the books.
Step 3. Preparation for listening
Go through the example and make sure the student know what to do.
Step 4. Listening
Play the tape for exercises. Then play once more to check.
Step 7. Word study
Go through the words in the box and get them to do this exercise individually.
Step 8. Checkpoint
1. Revise Attributive Clauses
2. Ask the students to make sentences with the useful expressions.
Step 9. Writing
Write about one of the early satellites.
Step 10. Workbook
Finish doing the exercise 1-4 in class.
Blackboard design
As far as
In space
Dozens of
Carry out
Homework:
1. Write about one of the early satellites.
2. Get ready for a test.
Post-class Notes:
No.015
Test for Unit 14
I.Aims: Check the whole unit
II.Procedures:
1. Listen to the whole unit without looking the book and at the same time I’ll check the homework.
2. Multiple choice
Questions asked about this part, then ask them to consult the dictionary if there’s something puzzled.
3. Close test
Show the way of doing this kind of exercises:
a. Read the whole passage first jumping over the gaps.
b. Read carefully about the first sentence of the whole passage.
c. Emphasize the first paragraph and the first sentence of each paragraph.
d. Choose the choice.
e. Read again and check.
4. Reading comprehension
Ask some students to tell the general ideas about the passages.
5. Error correction
1. tense
2. personal pronoun
3. –ed & -ing
4. preposition
5. voices
6. Composition
Blackboard design:
1. tense
2. personal pronoun
3. –ed & -ing
4. preposition
5. voices
Homework:
1. have a good preview about Unit 15
2. Keep diary in English every day.
Post-class notes:
No.016
Unit 15
I.Teaching aims and demands
1. Words and expressions
Have a seat, quarrel, long before, dare, upon, fasten, gun, again and again, blow, hall, persona, affair, relative, delay, pillow, nail, chest, furniture, armchair, pet, doubt, silence, scream, tiny, nephew, niece, detective
2. Daily English
I’m afraid I have to go now,
It is time I did…
I hope you have a good journey back to ….
It was nice to meet you.
Please remember me to …..
I called to tell you that…
I’d like you to meet…
Thanks for calling.
It is very kind of you to ….
3. Grammar Past participles used as Attributes and Adverbials.
II.Main and difficult points:
1. Farewells & good wishes
2. Let the students master the use of the useful expressions.
III.Allocation of time: 6
Lesson 57 of Unit 15
I.Aims and demands:
Learn the dialogue and let the students master farewells & good wishes.
II.Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the diary.
2. Ask the following questions rapidly around the class:
What did you do yesterday?
How many schools are there in this town?
Where is the nearest one to our school?
What do you call an object that goes round and round another object in space?
How fast do you have to ravel in order to escape from the earth and into space?
What was the weather like yesterday?
Did you watch TV last night?
What did you watch?
What did you learn in the last unit?
What happened in the story for listening in the last lesson?
Step 2. Presentation
Listen to the dialogue and find out the following information:
Why did Mr Ball call on Mrs Zhu?
To give her a message about the date for the conference.
How much do you know about Dr Zhang?
He lives in Guangzhou, is on a visit to Beijing, has some personal affairs to see to, is visiting some relatives.
Step 3. Dialogue
Call on --- to visit sb. formally
I hope to call on you at your office at 3 o’clock today.
She calls on the old teacher once a month.
Please let me call on you next Friday afternoon.
Give sb. a message
Do come in.
Do come in and join us.
Do be quiet a moment.
Do be a good boy.
I do hope you’ll go with us.
Have a seat
Would like sb. to meet
Be here on a visit
Have a nice time
Personal affairs
See to --- deal with
I’ve got a lot of things to see to this morning.
Who is seeing to the arrangements for the next meeting?
I’ll see to the guests when they arrive.
Make a note of
It’s very kind of sb.
Make plans for
It’s time + subject + past tense
It’s time we started. = it’s time for us to start.
It’s time you went to bed.
It’s time they did cleaning.
Pick up
I’ll pick you up at your place at 8 o’clock.
The bus driver stopped to pick up the passengers.
Don’t forget to pick me up at the hotel at three.
have a good journey
Remember me to sb.
Step 4. Language focus
What would you say if you want to express farewells and wishes?
Go through the phrases in the SB. Practice the dialogue with the whole class.
Step 5. Practice
Get the students to make up new dialogues. Call out some pairs of students to act out the scenes.
Step 6. Workbook
Finish the exercises 1-3.
Step 7. Consolidation
Revise the dialogues in the lesson.
III.Homework
1. Complete the workbook exercises.
2. Make a similar dialogue.
3. Revise the phrases about farewells and wishes.
IV.Blackboard design:
Call on --- to visit sb. formally
See to --- deal with
It’s time we started. = it’s time for us to start.
It’s time you went to bed.
Remember me to sb
V.Post-class Notes:
No.017
Lesson 58 of Unit 15
I. Aims and demands:
Learn the text “A famous detective”, and let the students how to understand the features of the amateur detective.
II. Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the diary.
2. Student on duty report
Step 2. Presentation for reading
1. Talk about the picture and describe what they can see.
2. Read the passage and find the answers to the two questions.
She was not sleeping well; She kept hearing noises in the night; Her uncle was acting strangely towards her; They had quarreled.
Her uncle would get her money if she died, after examining the room, the hole in the wall and bell rope, Holmes became worried. He told her that her life was in danger and that it was not safe for her to sleep again in that room.
Step 3. Reading
Read the whole passage and do exercise 1 in pairs.
Sherlock Holmes The Young Lady
Who A amateur detective Why did she pay a visit to Holmes?
She has some personal affairs.
Where In London
When At the end of 19th century
Why famous His expert advice
Help a great number of people with their personal affairs
Find answers before the police
What are her problems? Dead
Left
Live with
At night
Hear
quarrel
Dialogue between the two about the hole, bell rope and the chest.
Useful expressions:
1. a famous detective
2. at the end of
3. a personal problem
4. a long low whistle
5. pay sb a visit
6. make a hole in the wall
7. lay upon the pillow
8. at the same time
9. a box of matches
10. point to
11. I have no idea
12. turn to sb.
13. in danger
14. no doubt
Step 4. Reading aloud
Play the tape of the passage for the students to listen and follow. Pay attention to sentence stress and intonation.
Step 5. Discussion
I dare say my uncle will. = I hadn’t thought about it, but I think that my uncle probably will.
In the kitchen. = The bell will ring in the kitchen.
No matter. = It doesn’t matter that you haven’t got a key.
I don’t think so. = I don’t think that the bell will ring in the kitchen.
Not as far as I know. = Not to my knowledge; I have no reason to believe that he does.
Step 6. Workbook
Exercises 2-3
III.Homework:
Finish the Workbook exercises.
Read the passage again.
IV.Blackboard design:
Sherlock Holmes
Who
Where
When
Why
The Young Lady
Her parents
Money left
Live with
At night
Quarrel
No.018
I.Aims and demands:
Go on learning the text and show the students the language points.
II.Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the diary.
2. Ask and answer about the detective.
Step 2. Language points
1. past participle phrase used as adverbial
Born into a poor family, he had only two years of schooling. = As he was born into…
Encouraged by Jim’s words, he continued his research work.
Seen from the hill, the town looks very beautiful. = When it is seen from …
Compared with developed countries, we still have a long way to go.
Taken too much, the medicine could do harm to your health.
2. seem
It seemed to be raining all day yesterday.
He seemed to be feeling very tired last week.
Several people in the crowd seemed to be fighting.
3. act
The boy was acting badly in school.
He is more than twenty but acts like a child.
You have acted generously.
He acted kindly towards his servants.
She has acted very wrongly towards you.
4. dare
I dare say no one can catch up with us.
I dare say we’ll certainly win the game.
We’ll certainly win the game, I dare say.
These young students, I dare say, can pass the entrance examination.
She dare not go out by herself at night.
I wonder if he dare jump down from the bridge.
Who dares to go?
Nobody would dare to wake her up, even her little daughter.
5. see/hear/watch/find… + sb./sth.+ p.p.
I saw the child badly treated by his father.
I never heard the song sung in English.
On my way home, I found a house burnt down.
You’d better get your shoes cleaned.
6. no matter = it doesn’t matter.
It’s no matter that he didn’t come.
I had something to say, but it’s no matter.
7. with + n.+ p.p.
After the hurricane, I saw lots of houses with roofs blown off.
All the afternoon he worked with the door locked.
With her hair gone, there could be no use for the comb.
8. There is no doubt
He’ll fail. There’s no doubt about it.
She is an honest girl. There is no doubt about it.
There is no doubt that your life is in danger.
There is no doubt that you’ll be warmly welcomed.
9. Past participle phrase used as adverbial of manner
He walked into the office, followed by two guards.
The old man stood up, supported by his son.
Step 3 Practice
Make sentences with the useful expressions mentioned in the text.
Homework
1. Write a short passage about the detective.
2. Do some supplementary readings.
Seem
Act
dare
no matter
with + n.+ p.p.
There is no doubt
Past participle phrase used as adverbial of manner
No.019
Lesson 59 of Unit 15
I.Aims and demands:
Go learning the text and show the students more about the gesture.
II.Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the diary.
2. Work in pairs and to tell each other the story so far.
Step 2. Presentation for reading
Read the passage quickly and find out what happened to the lady’s uncle.
He was bitten to death by a snake.
Step 3. Reading
1. Read the whole passage and answer more questions:
Where did Holmes and Watson wait?
Did the young lady go into her bedroom?
What did Holmes and Watson hear?
Why did Holes strike a match?
Why do you think the snake attacked its keeper?
2. Show the notes to the text.
Not … until
Sit in silence
In the dark
Strike a match
Step 4.Word study
Forced it open with heavy blows = use heavy blows with one’s fists or a piece of wood to break open a locked door
Get the students to complete this exercise individually.
Keep pets
Scream loudly
Quarrel
Live in the flat upstairs
Fastened with a length of strong wire
Tiny = very small
Relatives
Prefer to have two pillows for my head
Forced it with heavy blows
Run downstairs and into the street.
Sit in complete silence
Step 5. Practice
With the letter folded in his pocket,
Scientific experiment carried out by students without the teacher’s instruction,
The name mentioned in the letter.
Intended as a surprise for his sister,
His nephew, lost at sea
Step 6. Practice
Frightened by the noise in the night
Given advice by the famous detective
Followed by Mr. Holmes and Dr Watson
After being examined carefully
Built in 1949
Once seen, it can never be forgotten.
If bitten by a snake, you should send for help and don’t walk.
When shot in the leg,
Although supposed to be kept locked
Homework:
Revise the contents in this unit.
Blackboard design:
Keep pets
Scream loudly
Quarrel
Live in the flat upstairs
Fastened with a length of strong wire
Tiny = very small
Relatives
Prefer to have two pillows for my head
Forced it with heavy blows
Run downstairs and into the street.
Sit in complete silence
No.020
I.Aims and demands:
Go on learning the text and show the students the language points.
II.Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the diary.
2. Ask the students to tell the story.
Step 2. Language points
1. from … on
From now on you are my students.
From that time on he showed great interest in radio.
From tomorrow on you must get up early and do morning exercise.
2. in silence = silently
They marched on in silence.
He lay in bed, thinking in silence.
Father likes to listen to music in silence.
3. again and again
Don’t make the same mistakes again and again.
He read the text through again and again.
4. with heavy blows
I gave him a heavy blow on the head.
He stuck the man a blow that sent him to the floor.
The wind was blowing quite hard that night.
The hurricane blew down a great number of large trees.
5. break into = to enter by force
We had to break into the house as we had lost the key.
The firemen broke into the room and rescued the old woman.
6. inverse
On the floor lay a man killed in the fire.
From the hole came a faint light.
Along the road stood rows of tall trees.
7. immediately = as soon as
I left immediately the clock struck twelve.
She heard a scream immediately she got home.
I came immediately I had eaten.
8. suppose sb./sth. to be
I supposed her to be away from home.
Most people suppose him to be over 60.
She was supposed to be reading at home, but her mother found her in the park.
They were supposed to arrive on the 5 o’clock train.
We were supposed to be here at eight. But we are late.
Lu Xun was supposed to be a doctor. But he became a famous writer.
9. subjunctive mood
The snake would have killed the young lady.
Homework
Blackboard design
1. from … on
2. in silence
3. again and again
4. with heavy blows 5. break into
6. immediately = as soon as
7. suppose
No.021
Lesson 60 of Unit 15
I. Aims and demands:
Listening practice.
II. Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the diary
2. Revise the by/in which attributive clause.
Step 2. Preparation for listening
We’re going to listen to a dialogue. Two detectives are interviewing a man. They want to ask him some questions.
Step 3. Listening
Alan Goodenough; 14 Castle Street
London NW1; 21 August, 1963; runs an ice cream business; silver and blue; G941 HTO
Mr. Goodenough said that he didn’t know the man who had been killed, but the policemen had never mentioned it was a man who was killed.
Mr. Goodenough said that he didn’t know who shot the man but the policemen had not told him how the man was killed.
Step 4. Checkpoint
Go through checkpoint 15. Revise the Attributive clause.
Step 5. Story telling
Look at the pictures and describe them in your own words.
Step 8. Test
The young man, who was believed to be the son of the detective, as bitten by a snake and died.
Prices will rise too fast unless they are controlled by the government.
We drank some very pleasant wine, which was supplied by our host.
We were so hungry that we ate the food which had been left behind by the guests.
The bathroom, which was heated by a large wood fire, was the warmest place in the house.
Although it was accepted in the capital, the money was unknown to the village people.
The water is not safe to drink unless it is boiled.
If it is cooked within a day, this meat will be safe to eat.
Step 9. Workbook
Finish WB exercises 1-4.
III. Homework:
Finish the writing exercises.
IV. Blackboard design:
Alan Goodenough; 14 Castle Street
London NW1; 21 August, 1963; runs an ice cream business; silver and blue; G941 HTO
Mr. Goodenough said that he didn’t know the man who had been killed, but the policemen had never mentioned it was a man who was killed.
Mr. Goodenough said that he didn’t know who shot the man but the policemen had not told him how the man was killed.
No.022
Test for Unit 15
I. Aims: Check the whole unit
II. Procedures:
1. Listen to the whole unit without looking at the book and at the same time I’ll check the homework.
2. Multiple choice
Questions asked about this part, then ask them to consult the dictionary if there’s something puzzled.
3. Close test
Do this part according to the way I showed as follows before:
a. Read the whole passage first jumping over the gaps.
b. Read carefully about the first sentence of the whole passage.
c. Emphasize the first paragraph and the first sentence of each paragraph.
d. Choose the choice.
e. Read again and check.
4. Reading comprehension
Ask some students to tell the general ideas about the passages.
5. Error correction
1. Read the whole passage and find some apparent mistakes.
2. Finish reading each sentence not each line.
3. Look for mistakes according to the fixed structures.
a. tense
b. personal pronoun
c. article
d. fixed phrases
e. past participle and present participle
f. adjectives and adverbs exchange
g. wrong spelling
6. Composition
1. simple sentence
2. learn how to use conjunctions.
3. Notice capital and small letters.
4. Be careful not to write some simple words wrongly.
5. Pay attention to the style of the article.
Blackboard design:
1. tense
2. personal pronoun
3. article
4. fixed phrases
5. past participle and present participle
Homework:
1. have a good preview about Unit 16
2. Keep diary in English every day.
No.023
Unit 16
I.Teaching aims and demands
1. Words and expressions
Sailor, do well, make up one’s mind, bathe, time(v.), spring, beg one’s pardon, captain, seaside, beach, dive, navy drown, vast, surface, solid, various, depth, float, construction, on average, pole, huge, occur, treasure, voyage, load.
2. Daily English
I wish we did / could …
I wish I / we / you / it were …
It’s a pity we …..
3. Grammar Revise and master the use of the Ellipsis.
II.Main and difficult points:
1. Wishes
2. Learn how to use the useful expressions
III.Main and difficult points:
1. Making appointments
2. Let the students understand how a newspaper is produced and something about ‘China Daily’.
IV.Allocation of time: 6
Lesson 61 of Unit 16
I.Aims and demands:
Learn the dialogue and understand how to express wishes.
II.Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the diary.
2. Ask some students to tell you the names of as many oceans and seas of the world on the blackboard
Pacific Ocean --- between Asia and America
The Atlantic Ocean ---
The Indian Ocean -----
The Arctic Ocean ------
The Mediterranean
The Dead Sea
The River Jordan
Step 2. Presentation
Describe the picture and get the students to tell what will happen.
Seaside, bathe, beach
Step 3. Reading
Read through the whole passage and answer the following questions:
Where would Bruce like to go today? (to the seaside)
What do Bruce and Li Qun talk about? (about the sea, holidays, jobs, Li Qun’s cousin)
See if the students can guess the meaning of sailor, dive, drown, time.
Step 4. Dialogue
Listen to the tape and the second time for students to repeat. Then ask pairs of students to act in front of the class.
It’s a pity
Elliptical sentences:
(It’s a) beautiful day, isn’t it
(It’s a) Pity we live so far from the sea.
(That ) sounds like a good idea.
Notes to the text:
When did you last go = When is the last time you went.
Leave school, go to school, start school
I’ll time you. = I will look at my watch to see how long you can hold your breath.
Step 5. Practice
Get the students to work in pairs and match the questions wit the answers about Part 2 on P19.
Step 6. Workbook Finish the exercises 1-4.
Step 7. Consolidation:
Revise the dialogue. Dee if the students can have a dialogue with their books shut.
Homework
1. Practice the dialogue after class.
2. Do Ex. 4 as written homework.
Blackboard Design:
Ellipsis
I wish he were …
It’s a pity that … = pity ….
Sound
Take a deep breath
time
Post-class Notes:
No.024
Lesson 62 of Unit 16
I.Aims and demands:
1. Reading comprehension
2. Learning the text
II.Teaching Procedures:
Step 1. Revision
1. Check the diary.
2. Ask and answer about the dialogue learned last period.
Step 2. Presentation for reading
Four students in each group to discuss the questions in Part 1 on P20.
1. Seaweeds produce chemicals that help seawater stay clean.
2. 3.5%
3. in the USA
4. 71% about two thirds
Step 3. Reading
A. Go through the exercise and make sure the students know what to do. Read the whole passage quickly and choose the best answer to each question.
Step 4. Reading aloud
Play the tape for the students to listen and find the useful expressions.
Two thirds of
Be made of
Keep the water clean
Reach up to
It takes sb. some time to do sth.
Coral beds
A variety of animal life of different shapes and bright colours
Fall below
A depth of
Step 5. Reading aloud
Play the passage for the students to follow and repeat.
Step 6. Note making
1. How salty are different lakes and seas?
Name %
a. oceans 3.5
b. Mediterranean 3.7-3.9
c. Dead Sea 25
d. Great Salt Lake 27
2. What conditions are needed for coral to grown in the sea?
a. water temperature above 20C b. light
c. clear water d. depth of less than 60 metres
Step 7. Workbook
Finish the exercises 1-4.
Step 8. Consolidation
Get the
篇8：Unit 1 of Module 10 Project－A gift for the future(新课标版高考复习英语下册教案教学设计)
班级 姓名 学号 时间 评价
Learning Aims:
1. Read the text to learn more about the importance of sustainable development.
2. Learn some language points in the text
Important and difficult points:
Master the meanings and usages of some words and phrases, such as increase to, contribute to…
Learning procedures:
Part One－Self-exploration
I. Key phrases to remember
1. in the next several decades 在未来数十年 2. set alarm bells ringing 敲响警钟
3. systematic destruction 蓄意破坏 4. focus on 关注
5. improve standards of living 提高生活水平6. at a high rate 以高速
7. fossil fuels 矿物燃料 8. contribute to 促成
9. run out 枯竭/耗尽 10. push for 努力争取
11. in the foreseeable future 在可预见的未来 12. become conscious of 意识到
13. take tentative steps 采取初步措施 14. sustainable development 可持续发展
15. renewable energy sources 可再生能源 16. alternative energy source 替代能源
17. one possible solution to sth 一个可能的解决方案
18. put sth into practice 将…付诸实施
II. Fast reading
1. What is the gift for the future?
Renewable resources for sustainable development.
2. What do you think of the development in the past?
It polluted the environment and wasted natural resources.
3. Why should we put sustainable development into practice?
Because without sustainable development, our future and the lives of our children and our grandchildren will be in danger.
III. Enjoy the following sentences and fill in each blank with a proper word.
1. In the next several decades, it is believed that (据相信) the world’s population will increase to (增长到) about nine billion people.
2. This should set alarm bells ringing (敲响警钟) because the bare fact (简单的事实) is that, in order for everyone to survive (生存), serious changes need to be made in global development (全球发展方面).
3. This is a simple idea, but one which is hard to put into practice (付诸实践). However, it is something that we must do because without sustainable development (可持续发展), our future and the lives of our children and our grandchildren will be in danger(处于危险中).
4. We are currently consuming (目前正消耗) fossil fuels at a much higher rate(以快得多的速度) than they are being produced. If this continues, some people believe that oilfields and coal seams will run out(耗尽) in the foreseeable future(在可预见的未来).
5. The introduction of programmes (项目的引进) like these will hopefully help end the systematic destruction (结束蓄意破坏) of the environment and see renewable energy promoted (被推广) around the world.
IV. Fill in the blanks according to the text.
V. Reading comprehension
1. Why are alternative sources becoming increasing popular? A
A. Because they’re renewable and there’s no pollution to the environment.
B. Because they can bee used without running out in a long period of time.
C. Because they cause less environmental pollution than fossil fuels do.
D. Because they’re more available than fossil fuels.
2. The passage mainly talks about B .
A. how to make use of fossil fuels and some renewable energy sources
B. the importance of sustainable development and some renewable energy sources
C. the introduction to some fossil fuels and some renewable energy sources
D. the fact that renewable energy sources are replacing fossil fuels in most fields
VI. Self-study f important and difficult language points.
1.［原句回放］In the next several decades, it is believed that the world’s population will increase to about nine billion people.句子中的it is believed that …的意思是人们相信/据信，it为形式主语，that 引导真正的主语从句。可以改为: The world’s population is believed to increase to about nine billion people in the next several decade.与此同类的还有：It be said/supposed/reported/known/thought…＋that-clause =从句的主语＋be＋said/supposed/reported/known/thought＋to do/to be doing/to have done（不定式的三种时态)；句中increase to意思是增加到，increase by意思是增加了。小试牛刀！
1) -Is Bob still performing? （B级）
-I’m afraid not. He is said C the stage already as he has become an official.
A. to have left B. to leave C. to have been left D. to be left
2) Robert is said C abroad, but I don't know what country he studies in. （B级）
A. to have studied B．to study C．to be studying D．to have been studying
3) It has been estimated that the earth’s surface temperature has increased B one quarter to three quarters of a degree since 1850.ぃ–级）
A. to B. by C. at D. with
2.［原句回放］This should set alarm bells ringing because the bare fact is that, in order for everyone to survive, serious changes need to be made in global development. 该句是个复合句，含有because 引导的原因状语从句，that引导表语从句。句中短语set alarm bells ringing的意思是敲响警钟，习语alarm bells ring或者alarm bells start ring都是“警钟敲响，发出危险信号”的意思；set sb/sth doing的意思是使（引起）…做某事。小试牛刀！
1) Her manner immediately set everyone C ease. （B级）
A. to feel B. felt C. feeling D. to be felt
3.［原句回放］This is a simple idea, but one which is hard to put into practice. 句子中的one指代a simple idea，是同位语（成分），再跟一个which 引导的定语从句，修饰代词one；put… into practice意为将…付诸于实践 此处不用被动。
［拓展］practice (n.)----practise/-ce(v.)----practical(adj.) 熟能生巧 Practice makes perfect.
惯例common prectice；实际上in practice；练习做某事practise doing小试牛刀！
1) Liu Xiang’s breaking the record in the Asian Games was an exciting moment, B all of us will never forget. （B级）
A. that B. one C. it D. what
2) Meeting my uncle after so many years is an unforgettable experience, C I will always treasure. （C级）
A what B that C which D 不填
4.［原句回放］Carbon dioxide contributes to air, water and soil pollution and causes global warming and acid rain. 句子中的contribute to意为促成…，to的词性是介词 ，同意的动词及动词短语有cause, lead to, result in, bring about；contribute (sth) to的其他意思有出（钱、力、主意等），投稿，捐赠、贡献。
contribution (n.) 贡献 ；make a contribution/contributions to 小试牛刀！
1）她的著作极有助于我们对这个困难问题的了解。
Her work has contributed enormously to our understanding of this difficult subject.
2）We firmly believe that war never settles anything. It only C violence. （B级）
A. runs into B. comes from C. contributes to D. begins with
Part Two－Self-assessment
I. Translate the following into English
1. 仔细制定出计划后, 我们将其付诸实施了。(put …into practice)
After carefully preparing our plan, we put it into practice.
2. 科学家正进行实验，争取获得疾病的长期解决方法。 (push for)
Scientists are doing experiments, pushing for a long-term cure for the diesase.
3. 你们别无选择, 只能杀出一条路来。(alternative)
You have no alternative but to fight a way out.
II. Multiple choice
B 1. -Oh, dear, don't sleep any longer; we will run out of the time. -Do you mean ______?
A. time will run out of B. time will run out
C. time will use up D. time will be given out
B 2. Scientists are trying to develop a special material, ______ they will make use of in space.
A. it B. one C. that D. what
D 3. The peasant’s white teeth ______ his black face.
A. cover with B. smooth over C. stand out D. show off
C 4. Franklin’s being good at learning from observations and experiences______ greatly to his success in political life.
A. owed B. addicted C. contributed D. related
A 5. That big company is ______ heavy debt and its financial problems ______ alarm bells ringing in big cities all over the world.
A. in; have set B. under; are setting C. under; have fixed D. in; are fixing
篇9：“探究学习”课堂教学模式 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)
“探究学习”课堂教学模式
--高三英语复习课案例
一． 教学课型：高三复习课（45分钟）
二． 教材分析：
1. 教学内容 新课标人教版Module 2 Unit 5 Music
2. 教材处理
本节课的教学内容是对新课标人教版Module 2 Unit 5 Music的复习。主要任务是通过填空的形式复习课文内容，掌握本单元一些重点短语。通过对话题进行说，听，写等活动，使学生了解到各种音乐形式，国内外著名的乐队，熟悉使用有关偏好的表达方式，表达自己对音乐的偏好及认识，最后能利用课堂讨论所积累到的语言素材和听力材料完成一篇读写任务，实现从语言输入到语言输出的迁移。
3.教学目标：
1) Knowledge targets
Words and expressions about the topic
Expressions about preference
2) Ability targets
Listening：听取信息
Writing: 读写任务
3) Culture targets
Music；bands; kinds of music; effect of music
3. 教学重难点
1) Topic discussion
2) Listening
3) Writing
三．教学设计
1.总体思路
本节课总的思路是复习基础，活用知识，拓展能力。借助多媒体教学，以多种形式的活动来组织教学，让学生在学习的过程中发展自主学习和合作学习的能力，提高学生用英语进行思维和表达的能力。
本节课首先以课本内容为依托，采用填空的形式作为回顾检测，复习重点短语和表达。在完成对基础知识的复习的基础上重点训练学生综合语言运用能力（说，听，写）。围绕Do you like music? Why? 和 What kind of music do you prefer？Why？这两个问题进行讨论，在讨论和呈现讨论结果的过程中复习表达偏好的方式及积累语言表达材料。 最后通过听力训练，来培养学生在听力当中获取信息和处理信息的能力。通过对听力材料的理解也使学生明确了音乐对我们生活的影响和作用，让他们对音乐有了更全面的认识。通过讨论和听力材料增加有效的语言输入，让学生有足够丰富的语言材料来完成最后的写作任务，达到知识活用和能力拓展的教学目的。
四．教学过程
I. 话题引入
Song appreciation: Listen to a song --- Yesterday by the Beatles
Some famous bands: Beyond / Backstreet boys / Westlife / the Beatles / the Monkees
（设计说明）此环节以歌曲引入话题，能引起学生的兴趣，使学生迅速进入上课状态。此外也使学生能熟悉国内外著名的乐队，从而自然地引入到对乐队the Monkees的课文复习。
II. 语篇领悟
Summary of the text: Blank-filling
If we are ourselves, most of us have being famous sometimes in our lives. Most musicians often meet and a band. Sometimes they play in the street to passers-by so that they can some money and this also gives them a chance to their dreams. “The Monkees” started in a different way. The musicians of whom the band was formed each other as well as played music, whose music and jokes were loosely “The Beatles”. Their exciting performances were copied by other groups. However, after one year or so, they became more their work and played their own music like a real band. Though it in 1970, it reunited in the mid-1980s and it is still popular today.
（设计说明）采用填空的形式作对课文的回顾检测，复习重点短语和表达。学生对答案不肯定的空格可以和同学进行谈论，体现合作学习的精神。
III. 知识活用
A. Topic discussion（group work）
学生分组讨论下面问题：
1. Do you like music? Why?
教师可先进行示范和引导，例如: I myself am a music lover, because music can make me in a good mood after an exhausting working day.
这时可以引导学生思考表达喜欢的方式，最后由教师进行总结归纳
Possible expressions:
be fond of … / be a … lover / …is one’s hobby… （表达偏好的方式）
接着教师布置学生分组讨论：Do you like music? Why?
此时教师应鼓励学生的不同表达，充分发挥学生的自主性。另外小组成员之间也可以交流信息，体现合作探究的精神。
学生讨论完毕，小组代表在全班进行信息的交流。此时教师应对学生进行鼓励和表扬，使学生有成就感和近一步学习的动力。
最后，由教师给出参考的文段给全班同学欣赏。
Sample version:
Almost everyone is fond of music. I myself am a music lover. Listening to music is my hobby in my life.
Listening to music makes me feel relaxed. Whenever I feel sad, I will just turn on the radio and listen to some music. Music can cheer me up. Music can also relieve the tension caused by my study and work.
2. Can you name any music style?
Classical Rock and roll Orchestra
Rap Hip-hop Blues
Jazz Country music
Choral Folk music
4. What kind of music do you prefer？Why？
（对这个问题的讨论教师应引导学生回答时要针对不同音乐的特点来说明原因，否则学生有可能会只是简单的重复喜欢音乐的原因）
Sample version
I enjoy a large range of different types of music. Light music fills my heart with joyfulness. Country music features simple themes and describes day-to-day situations and the feelings of country people. Pop songs tell me the young people’s concern and I am willing to share their trouble.
Indeed, through listening to various kinds of music, I find myself richer in sympathy with other people and things around me. Music comes from the heart and flows into the heart.
(设计说明) 讨论部分的话题为学生所熟悉，学生基本上有话可说。这两个问题也都是开放性的，没有所谓的标准答案，学生也可以各抒己见。采用小组讨论的方式可以让不同层次的学生都充分的参与到活动中来，讨论结束后，每组推选出一位同学为代表来做presentation。教师在这个过程中要引导学生留意不同学生的表达和内容并将的一些重点词，句板书，让学生可以利用到最后的写作部分中去。
B. Listening
Some researchers have shown that if you listen to _______ music, especially Mozart while studying, it will improve your ability to remember. This is called the “_________.” But not all kinds of music seem to have the same effect. It seems that the regular rhythm of classical music help develop one’s ________. Scientists also think that learning _________ helps improve your _______.
（设计说明）训练学生获取信息，处理信息的能力。听前先让学生对所需信息进行预测，设当点拨听力技巧。听完后让学生阅读听力原文，使学生更好理解听力材料的内容。
IV. 能力拓展
Summary & HW: 读写任务：
1. 以大约30词概括听力材料的内容要点；
2. 以大约120词谈谈你个人对音乐的喜好：
1) 你喜欢音乐，说出你的理由；
2) 你喜欢哪种音乐，说出你选择的理由。
（设计说明）锻炼学生写作能力，作为对整节课学习的一种检测和巩固。
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇10：新课标模块1-2 各单元知识点(新课标版高考复习英语必修二教案教学设计)
Module 1 Unit 1 Friendship
1.add up (把两个或以上的数或量）加起来 add up to 共计（指加起来总和是）
add … to 把…… 加到……中 add to=increase 增加，增添
2. without + n./ v-ing There is no smoke without fire.
He went out without speaking He slipped into the room without being notice.
by + doing 借助于， 靠
3. upset adj.心烦意乱，不舒服的，不适的 disturbed /sick
vt.vi 使不安，使心烦，打乱，打翻 (upset-upset- upsetting)
nervous (rather afraid) :在事情发展过程中有一种害怕的感觉 à 紧张
anxious(worried): 由于害怕某种事情会发生而感到焦急
upset(rather unhappy):由于某事的发生而感到心烦意乱
4. ignore vt. 不理睬，忽视，对……装作不知＋sb/sth
5. calm down vt. Vi.平静下来，使平静
6. concern vt 涉及n. 关心，关注，（利害）关系
be concerned about/for 关心，挂念
7. reason 理由,动机（explain why it happens or what causes it happen）决定做某事或
采取某一行动的理由，由此而得出结论或解释, 具有主观性。(conclusion) + for
cause 原因 (引起某事的后果或起因,usually a bad event ) 具有客观性 (effect ) + of
8. While walking the dog, you were careless and it got loose and was hit by a car.
=While you were walking the dog……
当When, while, before, after, once, if, unless, even if等引导的状语从句的主语与句子的主语一致时，可将从句的主语和be动词省去.
While living in England, he picked up some English.
While asked about her family, she began to cry.
9. share vt.分享，分担 share…in sth (with sb.) share (in) sth among / between sb.
10.…, like your deepest feelings (feeling) and thoughts. like= such as
a feeling of… have a feeling that… .
show much feeling for…(对…的感情，同情，体谅 u.n.)
11.go through vt. ①experience ,经历，遭受 ②look at carefully,
③finish sth. or complete sth., use up ④ 穿过，通过
12. hide ( hides -- hiding --- hid --- hidden)
hide away + 地点状语 hide away + 宾语 躲藏，隐藏
hide +宾语 + away
13. set down= write down = put down
14. a series of = a set of一连串的，一系列，一套
Two series of new stamps have come out.
15. crazy adj. be/grow crazy about/of sth.
be crazy to do sth.
16. stay awake (remain / keep)
17. on purpose 故意
for (the) purpose of 为的是; 为了....起见; 为了...的目的
with the purpose of 以(有)......的目的.
18. in order to + do 为了…起见；以便 in order that + 从句
In order to catch the early bus, she got up early.
She got up early so as to/ in order to catch the early bus.
in order not to so as not to
19. dare 情态mod.v dare do(多用于否定句，疑问句，条件状语从句)
dared do （过去时）
dare not do = daren’t do
eg. I daren’t speak to him. No one dared ask him.
实义vt. dare(s) (to) do
don’t/ doesn’t/ didn’t dare( to) do
eg. he will dare any danger. He didn’t dare( to )go.
20. happen to do sth. 碰巧做…..
21.It is /was the first time(second time…) that … have/had done（时态用完成时）
某人第几次干某事
22. face to face adv. face-to-face adj.
23. put away把…关起来，收拾，把…放在一边
24. according to + n./代词
25. outdoors --- indoors adv. n. outdoor---- indoor adj.
26. get along (well) with sb. = get on with 与…相处，进展
27. fall in love with (表示动作)
be in love with (表示状态)
28. have got to = have to
29. habit习惯 have / be in the habit of 有…..的习惯
get into / form the habit of 养成…..的习惯
30. Your friend can’t go until he/she finishes claening the bicycle.
a…..not….until….
b. It is not until he/she finishes claening the bicycle that your friend can go.
c. Not until he/she finishes claening the bicycle can your friend go.
31.There is /was a time when….. 有段时间怎么了….
Module 1 Unit 2 English around the world
1. more than
①more than +数词= over …. 以上, 超过，多于， ….有余
By then he was more than fifty years old.
②more than + 名词 不只，不仅仅，超过，远不止 (not only)
Helen and Mary are more than classmates. They are close friends.
③more than + 动词 十分， 大大地， 远远地，极大地 (much)
He more than smiled; he laughed outright.
What he did more than satisfied me.
④more than + adj./adv. 非常，十分， 更加， 深为 (very)
I’m more than happy to hear that. He is more than selfish.
When I asked them for help, they were more than glad to come.
⑤more than one 名词单数，后面的谓语动词用单数 “不止一个，不只一个”
More than one person has known it.
no more than 只是,仅仅，只不过 not more than 至多，最多，不超过
2. in (some important )…way(s) / by…means 在……方面
3.one another = each other 彼此，相互之间
4. include including sth. sth included contain
1）用作及物动词，意为“ 包括；包含”，不能用于进行时态。
2）include 还可作“ 包含于…里面；算入”讲，常与in, on, among 介词等连用。
5.play a role / part ( in ) 意为“ 在……中担任角色；在……中起作用”。
take (on) /perform a role 扮演角色 a leading/starting role 主角
6. Because of +sth. / v-ing / what ( n. clause)
Because + 句子
7. nearly 与 almost
（1）两者通用的场合。a.在肯定句中。 b.修饰all, every, always 等时。
c.在行为动词的否定式前时。
（2）只用 almost 的场合。
a.和any, no, none, nothing, nobody, nowhere, never 等连用时。
b.和too, more than 等连用时。 c.和表示感觉或心理活动的静态动词连用时。
（3）只用nearly的场合。 a.被 very, not, pretty等修饰时。
b.和具体数字连用时（nearly常用）。
8. than ever before 比以往任何时候更……
在比较级结构中，副词 ever 与比较级和最高级连用，用来加强语气.
ever在不同句型中的意义： 1）曾经；以前（用于疑问句）
2）无论什么时候都（不）（用语否定句） 3）曾经（用于if 从句）
4）到底；究竟（用于特殊疑问句） 5）永远；老是（用于肯定句）
9. for example 同类的“一个”，用逗号隔开，可置于句首，句中和句末
such as 只能举其中一部分，不能全部举出。
10. come up 上来, 走近; 被提出; 发芽; 升起
11.(1) even if ( = even though ): in spite of the fact; no matter whether 即使；尽管
是连词词组，用来引导让步状语从句；若主、从句皆表示将来情况，从句中可用一般现在时代替将来时。
(2) even if 从句所说的不那么肯定。 even though 从句是事实。
12. So why has English changed over time? over= throughout / during
13. actually = in fact = as a matter of fact 事实上，实际上
14. base on/upon… 以…为基础 be based on
15. close v./adj./ close (adv)位置上接近closely (adv) 抽象关系上的密切
close to 相近, 靠近, 几乎 be close to 表状态 get close to表动作
16. in the 1600’s= in the 1600s
17. make (good/full/no/the most/ the best…) use of使用
18. a number of +可数名词复数 大量的（其后谓语动词用复数）
the number of +可数名词复数 …的数目（其后谓语动词用单数）
The number of the students adds up to in our school.
只能修饰可数名词的：a large/ great/ good number of,
a good/ great many, dozens of, scores of, quite a few
只能修饰不可数名词的：a great deal of, a large amount of,
quite a little, a large sum of
既可修饰可数，不可数名词的：plenty of, a lot of, lots of, a large quantity of
19. Only time will tell. 时间会证明一切 tell 知道, 判断
tell A from B: 区分，分别
20．Believe it or not.
21. However, even on TV and the radio you will hear differences in the way (that/ in which) people speak.
22. recognize = to know and remember sb/sth. one has seen before. 认出。
从外表上辨认出，指一时性的动作
know表示知道有这个人并认识他，在一定程度上对他有了解，指长久性的动作
I know him, but when I saw him last night, I could hardly recognize him.
Module 1 Unit 3 Travel journal
1. When are you leaving? Where are you staying?
用进行时表将来的动词: go , come, leave, start, begin, return, stay, play, fly, drive,
sleep, reach, walking, ride, move…
2. dream about = dream of sth /doing sth. dreamed/ dreamt
dream that… realize one’s dream our dream come true
have a dream= dream a dream
3. It was my sister who first had the ides to…..强调句：
It was/is+强调成分+that-/who-分句
① It + be (not) + 强调部分+ that /who + 句子剩余部分
② Be + it + 强调部分+ that /who + 句子剩余部分?
Was it at the end of that China joined WTO?
③ 特殊疑问词+ be + it +that /who + 句子剩余部分?
When was it that China joined WTO?
4. .persuade vt.说服; 劝服; vi.被说服
persuade + sb.
sb. of sth. 使某人相信某事
sb. that clause
sb. to do sth. = persuade sb. into doing sth.
sb. out of doing sth. = persuade sb. not to do sth
try to persuade sb to do sth. = advise sb to do sth. 说服未成功
5.although, though引导让步状语从句不能再和but, and, however连用, 但可以和副词yet, still连用。although从句多放在句首, though从句可在主句前，中，后任何位置，而且though可以作副词用于句末，作 “但是，不过”讲，而although无此用法。
6. insist : 坚持认为，坚持主张
1) insist on / upon one’s doing sth 坚持做,坚决做
2) insist that +从句坚持说/认为(后表示一个事实), 后接的从句用陈述语气, 既按需要选择时态。
3) insist that sb. (should) do sth.坚决主张做某事, 后接的宾语从句常用虚拟语气
7．properly (adv.) proper (adj.)
finally (adv.) final ( adj)
8. care about : be worried about 忧虑,关心
care for sb/sth : look after, love or like希望, 喜欢, 照顾
9. determine v. 决定, 下定决心, 确定 determined adj. 坚决的, 有决心的
1) determine to do sth.（动作） 2) determine +从句
3) determine +疑问词+ to do 4) be determined to do sth. 决心做（状态）
He was determined to do it for a long time.
10.change one’s mind 改变某人的主意
make up one’s mind 下定决心 keep…in mind 记住
11.at an altitude of = at a height of 在海拔……米处 attitude
at 后接年龄, 速度, 长宽深高, 价格, 费用等 “在……处/时, 以……”
at the age of at a high / low price at a depth/width of
at the speed of at the cost of at a distance of
12….the air was would hard to breath….
主语 + be + adj.+ to do sth. 即不定式用主动形式表达被动含义
这类形容词有surprised, moved, disappointed, pleased, happy, sad, delighted, sorry, interested, glad, worried, etc.
13. give in (to sb./sth.) 屈服于, 让步, 递交 give up 放弃, 认输
give out 筋疲力尽；分配 give away 捐赠, 泄露
14. across / through /over
across表示从一定范围的一边到另一边或事物交叉位置,“横穿, 横跨”表面,含
义与on 有关
through 表达两边穿过或穿过空间内部, 含义与in 有关
over表示 “越过” 是指越过较高的物体从一侧到另一侧
The new railway winds its way to Tibet, over mountains through tunnels and across rivers.
15. as usual
16. encourage sb. to do sth. encourage sb in doing sth. encouraged/ encouraging
17. To climb the mountain road was hard work but to go down the hill was great fun. fun fun [U n. ] 玩笑, 乐事, 有趣的事
have fun=enjoy oneself It is much/great fun to do… 做……很有趣
18.change v.“换衣, 更换” change n “零钱”
get changed 换好衣服 change A for B 用A换B
19.make camp 扎营, 宿营 go camping 去露营, 去野营
① make +n.+ n. 使…… ② make +n.+ adj. 使……
③ make +n.+ do sth. 使某人做某事 * 被动式 be made to do sth
④ make +n.+过去分词
20.put up ① 举起, 抬起 = raise ② 挂起, 张贴
③ 建造, 搭起 = build ④ 住宿, 留宿
put away 把……收起来, 存放 put back 放回原处
put down 放下, 写下, 镇压 put forward 提出
put off 推迟, 拖延 put out 扑灭, 伸出
put one’s heart to 全神贯注于 put an end to 使结束
21. so far
22. We can hardly wait to see them!
23. for one thing,……for another,…….首先…，其次…
on the one hand,….. on the other hand…..
24. different adj. difference n. differently adv. differ v.
the difference between A and B
A be different from B.
25. be familiar to sb. (主语是物) 熟悉
be familiar with sth. (主语是人)
Module 1 Unit 4 Earthquakes
1. It is always calm before a strom.
2. right away =at once; in no time; immediately right now : at this very moment
3. rise [raiz] vi. 升起, 起身, 增长, 上升, rose-risen
raise [reiz] vt.升起, 唤起, 提高, 使出现, 饲养, 筹集, 使复活 raised-raised
arise [ ‘raiz] vi. 出现, 发生, 起因于 arose--arisen
4. burst : to come open or fly apart suddenly
burst into + n. burst out + doing
burst into tears/ laughter burst out crying / laughing
5. at an end be at an end
at the end of 用于表示具体事物或场所的场合，它也可以用来表示比喻意;
by the end of 用于表示时间的场合到……结束的时候，用于过去完成时态;
in the end 意思“最后、终于”。
6. cut across 横穿，跨越 cut in v.插嘴, 插入,
cut off v.切断, 断绝, 剥夺继承权 cut down. v.砍倒, 胜过, 削减, 删节
cut up v.切碎, 抨击, 歼灭, 使丧气 cut out v.切掉, 裁剪出, 取代, 停止
7. lay in ruins lie-lied -lied -lying 说谎
lie-lay -lain -lying 躺,平放, 展现(开),位于
lay-laid-laid -laying vt. 放置, 铺设, 布置 vi.下蛋, 打赌
ruin /destroy /damage/ injure
damage指部分“损坏”、“损害”、“破坏”或指使用价值有所降低。N.&V 用作名词时常与to something 连用。
destroy 只能用作v.,指彻底破坏,以致不可能修复,常作“破坏”、“毁灭”解,也
可以指希望、计划等打破。
ruin则表示破坏严重,以致不能修复,但这种破坏不像destroy那样毁灭某物,而是强调致使该物的使用价值发生了问题。用作动词时,它作 “使毁灭”、 “使崩溃”,“弄糟”解;用作名词时,它表示 “毁灭”, “瓦解”,“废墟”等抽象概念。ruin也有借喻的用法
8. injure: 身体上, 肉体上，损害健康，成就，容貌的伤害
hurt : 使身体部位,精神上，感情受到伤害,造成损失
wound: 刀,子弹,名声等的伤害 ，战场上受伤
harm: 肉体或精神上的伤害，有时可指引起不安或不便，还可用于抽象事物（尤指不道德的事情）
9. be shocked be trapped in
10. wonder : v. in wonder
wonder to do sth. / w- to do sth. /at / about n.奇迹, 惊奇, 惊愕
It is no wonder (that)= No wonder (that) 难怪…
11. All hope was not lost.
all…not …= not all…, some…but not all（表示部分否定）
all, both, each, every + not
All of their answers were not right. = not all of their answers are right.
12. dig out
13. bury vt bury oneself in= be buried in devote oneself to= be devoted to
14．congratulation n.祝词, 贺辞 常用复数 + on congratulate sb. on sth.
15. Judging from/ by = to judge by 由……判断之
Generally speaking Strictly speaking Frankly speaking
16. honor n.尊敬, 敬意, 荣誉, 光荣 vt.尊敬, 给以荣誉
in honor of sb./sth. in one’s honour 为了纪念/尊敬……
17．Prepare sth / to do sth./ sb to do sth. / for 准备, 预备,
be/get prepared for in preparation for
Module 1 Unit 5 Nelson Mandela – a modern hero
1.ask for 要求得到 ask for sb. 找某人，要求见某人
2. be willing to do sth 乐意（自愿）做, 心甘情愿做
3. be active in 积极参加
4. lose heart 丧失信心 lose one’s heart 爱上某人
5. in trouble 处于不幸中，有麻烦，在监禁中
6. die for 为……而死 die for 也意为“渴望，切望”（只用于进行时态）
7. fight (fought, fought)
fight for 为……而战 fight with + 人,国家 与…并肩作战
fight against + 事物n. 为反对……作斗争
fight against + 人,国家 和（同）…斗争 =fight with
8. believe in sb. 信任某人 believe sb= believe what sb says. 相信某人的话
9. be free from摆脱（不好的东西）的，无……的
10. be in prison. 在狱中，被监禁
put…in prison = send/take…to prison = throw …into prison 把……投入监狱
11. The time when I first met …… was a very difficult period of my life.
This was a time when one had got to ….
12. advise sth
(one’s) doing sth.
sb.to do sth.建议某人干advise sb.not to do sth=advise sb.against doing sth.
sb on sth. 就……给某人出主意
that clause sb (should) do
advice (n.) a piece of advice take sb’s advice 接受某人的劝告
ask for advice on… give sb.(some) advice on. 给某人建议
13. be +距离/时间+ away 有……远
14. continue to do /doing sth
15. fee 付给医生，律师，学校的费用，考试，俱乐部，入场卷收取的费用。
fare （交通工具的）票价
reward 报酬，奖金 vt. 酬谢，给以报答 in reward 作为报酬
16. After trying hard, I got a job in a gold mine.= after I tried hard….
17. be worried about =worry about 担心
18. out of work=lose one’s job 失业 （反）be in work
19. The last thirty years have seen the greatest number of laws stopping our rights …
See表示“见证，目睹”；(在某段时期)发生…,经历,经受，主语为时间或物
The parts of town where they lived were places decided by white people.
20. vote 投票，参加选举，强调其过程
choose选择,指从众多事物中挑选 选举， elect强调选举结果
21.He has got himself into a dangerous situation where (in which) he is likely to lose control over the plan.
22. accept 主观接受 receive客观收到
23. Only then did we decide to answer violence with violence.
only then 此处引起倒装句，当only修饰状语位于句首时，句子采用部分倒装
only 修饰主语时，句子不倒装。
24. as a matter of fact= in fact事实上
25. blow up 使充气，爆炸 blow off 吹掉，吹走
blow down 吹倒 blow out 吹灭
26. be equal to 等于，相当于
27．imagine +n. / doing sth. /sb.+doing / that… n. imagination
28. escape from sp. 逃脱, 避开, 溜走 escape doing sth. 避免
29. in one way = in a way (M2 Unit 3) = in some ways
all the way 一直，一路上 by the way 顺便一提
in this way 以这种方式 in the way 妨碍 挡路
on one’s/the way 在途中 in no way 绝不 No way！门儿都没有！
lose one’s way 迷路 lead the way 带头， 领先
30. He taught us during the…… when we should have been asleep.
should do应该做,一般指现在或将来的动作，指过去的动作时应站在过去的角度。
should have done 表示本应该做而没有做的.站在现在的角度上评说过去的事情。
asleep 是表语形容词，意为“睡着的”。 sleep 是动词或名词，意为“睡觉”。
sleepy 是形容词，意为“打盹的”
31. As they were not cleverer than me, but did pass their exam….
“did pass” 为强调结构，强调谓语动词时，在动词原行前加do, does, did.
eg. Do be careful! He does speak English well!
I do hope you have a merry Christmas!
32. come to power = come into power 执政, 当权，上台 in power 当权，执政
33. I felt bad the first time I talked to a group.
every time，每次…就…immediately，the moment/ minute /instant=as soon as ,
next time下次…..时,等起从属连词的作用，引导时间状语从句。
I thought her nice and honest the first time I met her.
Next time he comes, he asks me for some money.
34. set up set out to do sth = set about doing sth. 着手做某事
35. be sentenced to
36. terror n. 恐怖，可怕的人或事 fear n. &vt. 恐惧，可怕
fear + n./to do /that… for fear of … for fear that… 担心 惟恐
37．beat n. 敲击，跳动 beating n. 打、输
Module 2 Unit 1 Cultural relics
1. survive vt &vi 幸存 survivor (n.) 幸存者 survival (n.) 幸存
2. remain (1) vi. 留下, 遗留
(2) link-verb. 后接 n. adj. / 介词短语 / 表位置的adv.
3. the rest 作主语时, 根据指带对象不同,可能是单数,也可能是复数.
4． look into 调查
5. state 状态, 可数名词; condition 条件, 复数形式表 “环境, 状况”;
situation 指处境, 局势。 state侧重于政权 country侧重于疆土 nation侧重于民族
6． belong to 不用于进行时态和被动语态
7． 情态动词 + have done 表示对过去发生的事情的推测、批评、反悔等意。
can’t/ couldn’t have done不可能做过
could have done 可能做过；本来可以做（却未做）
might have done 或许做过；本来或许会做
may have done 或许做过
would have done 本来要做（却未做）
must have done 肯定已做过（表推测）
needn’t have done 本来没必要做（却已做）
should(n’t) / ought (n’t) have done 本来（不）应该做（却做了）
8. gift 礼物; 天赋 have a gift for sth. gifted (adj.) 有天赋的
9. be used to do sth. 被用来做……
be used to doing习惯于做某事（表状态）
used to（do） 过去常常做某事，（现在不了）
get used to 表示由不习惯到习惯的变化
be used to +n./doing 表示已经习惯或已形成的状态
否定：didn't’t use to/ usedn’t to/ used not to
一般疑问：Did… use to…?/ Used … to…?
10. Although it feels as hard as stone, it easily melts when (it is) heated.
11. Once it is heated, the amber can be made into any shape.
12. The design for the room was of the fancy style popular in those days.
“be + of + 名词(词组)” , 表示主语的某种形状、特性或特征。
of great importance=important of interest=interesting
of use=useful of help=helpful of value=valuable
be of + size/ length/ height/ depth be of the same size
fancy + that-/one’s doing sth / sb to be…/ sb as /sth /doing sth.
13. be made into 被制成 be made up of 由……组成/构成
be made of 由……制成（能看出原材料）
be made from 由……制成（看不出原材料）
be made in产于，生产于（某地/某时）
14. in return. 回报,作为报酬 in turn 轮流地,依次; 反过来
by turns 轮流地,时而…时而…
15..serve as 担任，充当 act as work as 以…（的身份）工作， 当…
He serve as a waiter there
16. In 1770, the room was completed （the way(that/ in which/ 不填) she wanted it.
“the way”后跟定语从句，在从句中作方式状语, the way的用法与连词相同,
I still remember the way that ( in which, / )she did it.
I liked the way that / in which she organized the meeting.
当way前面有adj.作定语时， 其前不省略in
He always writes in a careless way.
17. 介词+名词 (表状态)
at war/work/home/table on show/duty/sale/holiday/fire/watch
in trouble/danger/battle/doubt under repair/discussion/construction建设
18. a piece of / a set of furniture.
19. There’s no doubt that… (肯定句)doubt whether /if
There’s no need to do / for sth / sb There’s no possibility that…
There’s no doubt of / about +n. There’s no doubt about his honesty.
20. missing: “丢失的, 缺少的”, 强调不在场;
lost: 过去分词, “失去的, 丧失的”
gone: 过去分词, “过去的,不在的,丢了”,常作表语和补语。
21 take apart 拆开 tell … apart
They look almost the same, it’s hard to tell them apart.
22. consider sth./ doing / that clause考虑，认为 considering 就…而言
consider…as = consider…. to be
consider …. to have done ------
be consider to have done He is considered to have stole the picture.
23. prove
这三种结构都可以是prove作实义动词用法。
1)prove＋n.(作宾语)，意“证明某事”，如：
The scientist finally proved the fact.那位科学家最终证实了那个事实。
2)prove＋that宾语从句
The fact proved that his statement was true. 事实证明他的说法是正确的。
3)prove＋宾语＋(to be)…(作宾补)
He proved himself (to be) honest.他证明自己诚实。
另外，prove还可作系动词，后接(to be)＋名词/形容词，构成系表结构，意“结果是…，证明是”，没有被动语态。 The book proved (to be) interesting.
24. pretend sth/ to do /that-clause/ to be doing 假装
25. think highly /much / well of 看重，器重
think little / nothing / badly / ill / poorly of 轻视，不重视
26. Nor do I think they should give it to any government.
Nor could slaves or women. (M2 unit2)
Module 2 Unit 2 The Olympic Games
1. compete: (vt) take part in a race, contest, exam, etc.
(1) compete in 在…中比赛/竞争
(2) compete against / with… 与…竞争/比赛
(3) compete for 为…而竞争/比赛
competitor 竞争者 competition 竞争,比赛 competitive (adj) 竞争性的,比赛性的
2 .take part in (正式) + 运动/ 罢工/ 运动会/ 战争/游戏/ 试验/ 谈话等
join (非正式)+ 团体, 活动成为一员+ 参军/ 入党/ 入团
join in (正在进行的活动, 有时=take part in )
attend (= be present at 出席)
3. host做东, 主办 hold 举行, 召开
4. On a journey 在进行旅行 on business 在出差
journey 较长时间或教长距离的旅行，“行程，旅程”
travel 泛指一切旅游
trip 一般指往返的旅行，尤其指娱乐性的短途旅游。
tour 指考察、观光等巡回各地的旅行，也指短途旅游。
5 .magical adj. 不可思议的=unbelievable magic (n.) magician (人)
magically adv.
6. interview n/ v interviewee (被采访者) interviewer 采访者
Make an interview Have an interview with sb. interview sb.
a job interview 求职面试 a television interview 电视采访
7.time “时代，时期”， 单复数均可
all the time 一直，始终 at all times 无论何时，一直
at one time曾经，一度 at times 有时，不时
from time to time 有时，不时 in no time 立刻，马上
ahead of time 提早（前） at a time 每次，一次
in time及时 on time 准时 at times =sometimes有时
at the same time
sometime 某时 some time 一段时间 some times几次
8. find out : 经过努力有意去 “找”, “打听”, “弄清楚”；
find: “找到,发现”, 强调结果。
discover: 发现本来就存在但未被人所知的事物, 地方, 思想等
9.every +基数词+ 名词复数 “每…”
every +序数词+名词单数
every + few + 复数名词 “每隔几…”
every + other + 单数名词 = every two + 复数名词: “每两…”
every other day=every two days=every second day 每隔一天，每两天
10．a set of
11. admit 许可…进入，录取，承认，容纳,容许admitted
admit sth / doing sth. 许可做某事/ that-clause/ sth to be + adj.
admit to doing sth.承认做某事 admit into
be admitted as 被接受为……,
12. That is why…….
13. in honour of 为向…表示敬意，为纪念…，为祝贺…
honour sb. with/by… 用…给某人荣誉／光荣
Show honour to sb. 对某人表示敬意
14. as well as 也，同，和 +名词，代词，形容词，介词
1）as well as连接两个主语时，谓语动词的单复数根据前面一个主语确定。
rather than, together with, along with, with
2）as well as后接动词，一般用ing形式。3）as well as = besides 除…外还有
4) as well as 同级比较，“与…一样好” 5) as well = too
15. as much + 名词+ as 像…一样
16. replace +A+with/by +B 用B去替换A take the place pf
17. prize / medal / reward / award
medal 奖牌/章; prize 奖金, 奖励, 获奖名次;
award 奖品, 奖金; reward 报酬, 回报
18. game / match /contest / competition
game 游戏,比赛,运动,球赛为美式英语,指棋类、桥牌类；复数为运动会；
match 球赛为英式英语, 指预先安排好的正式比赛,如摔跤, 拳击等;
contest 指智力和知识竞赛 (=competition)
competition 通过个人体力, 智力,技能 等获取名词。
19. relate to 与…..有关系 relate….to… 把…与…联系起来
20. marry sb.
be married to get married to
21. promise sth/ to do sth./ sb. to do sth./ sb. sth. / that-clause
22. one after another 陆续地，一个接一个地
23. be ready to do sth.-
Module 2 Unit 3 computer
1. in common: 共同的；共有的；共用的
have nothing / little/ much/ something/ a lot in common ( with sth/ sb.)
2. in one’s opinion= in the opinion of sb. = in one’s view
3. analytical adj.分析的, 解析的 analyzer (analyser) n.分析者, 分析器
analyze (analyse) vt. 分析, 分解 analysis n. 分析，分解 ( pl. analyses )
analyzable adj. 可被分析的, 可以分解的
analyst n. 分析家 analytic adj. 分析的;分解的
technology 技术(指科学和工业) technique(n.)技术(指做事的方法,技巧)
technologist (person) technical 专业的 adj.
4. simple-minded 头脑简单的 absent-minded 心不在焉的
open-minded 没有偏见的 narrow-minded 心胸狭窄的
single-minded一心一意的 strong-minded 意志坚强的
weak-minded 低能的，愚蠢的 noble-minded 思想高尚的
5.anyway =anyhow无论如何 someway 意为“以某种方式;不知怎么地”
Anyway it’s worth trying.
6. artificial adj. 人工的,人造的 artificial intelligence 人工智能
artificial flowers/limbs/pearls 假花/假肢/假珍珠
7. As the years have gone by, go by: (of time) pass (从...旁)走过, 依照,
The car went by us. You should go by the rules
8. totally=completely adv. 整个地;完全地 in total 总共
total adj. 完全的; 整个的 totally blind 全盲 total silence 寂静无声
9. so+adj./adv.+that 或Such+(a/an)+(adj.)+n.+that 如此……以致于……
10. in the 1960s.(in the 1960’s)
in/during the 1950s/1950’s 在20 世纪50 年代
in his forties 在他40多岁时
11. alone adj./adv. : by oneself, without others(作表,不作前置定语)
lonely adj.: unhappy because one is always away from his family or friends(作表,定)
I am alone, but I never feel lonely.
The old man lives alone in the lonely small mountain village.
12. since then. 从那时起（常与完成时连用）
13.deal with
1) 对待(人、事) = get along/on with, do with 2) 论及......,= refer to
3) 与......交易 deal in sth. 买卖/交易 4 )deal sth. out 分发;分配
表示“处理”, 在特殊疑问句中, do with与what连用,deal with与how连用。
14. connect… with /to 把…与…连接起来
be connected with 与……有关系/联系
She is connected with The Smiths.
15. enough 在名词前后都可以 在adj./adv. 后 fast enough
It’s adj. enough for sb. to do sth. It’s late enough for us to stop work.
16. choice n.选择, 抉择, 精选品, 选择机会, 选择权 choose (v.)
17. is suitable for
18. personally = as far as I am concerned = speaking for oneself
19. move (n./ v) 行动， 移动, 迁居, 步骤 vt.移动, 感动, 鼓动
make a move 采取行动 on the move 在进行中
be deeply moved by 被…..深深感动 be moved to tears 感动得流泪
20. make up
21. after all 结果，终究， 表示结果与预想不同。通常放在句末。
毕竟，究竟， 导出原因，放于句首
first of all = 首先，首要的是
at all 完全，根本（否定。疑问，条件）
above all (M2 Unit 5)
22. with the help of = with one’s help
23. watch over. 照顾，照管，看守，看管 watch out注意，留神
24. wander vi.漫步, 徘徊, 迷路, 迷失方向, 离题
Module 2 Unit 4 Wildlife protection
1. as a result : 作为…的结果;因此;由于
as a result of + sth /sb /v-ing /what.=because of “由于…”
result from… 起因于…. result in … 结果为….，导致…
2. die out: disappear completely
(动.植物的)灭绝, (风俗,习惯,观念的)逐渐消失, (火,光)逐渐熄灭
die away(sound, wind, light)becomes weaker and finally stops 渐渐消失,
die down 指物质特性或情感 “逐渐平息”
die off 相继死亡;(草木)先后枯死
die of 因…而死 ,由于疾病,饥寒,情感原因造成的死亡.
die from.除疾病,情感之外的原因造成的死亡
3. in peace 和平地; 和睦地
be in danger (of) : 处于危险之中 endangered
4. get done / get +adj. get dressed
get hurt get killed get married get separated get excited
get caught get bored get lost get tired get paid
get drunk get broke get angry get ill get fat
5. She turned round and there was an antelope with a sad face looking at her.
…,with everyone clapping and enjoying your singing. (M2 Unit 5)
“with + n. /pron. + Ving”的结构。用作状语，说明与谓语的动作同时发生的情况。
with + sb + to do sth
with + sth. + done
with+n./pron.宾+宾补adj./adv./doing/to do/done/介词短语
①The student always listen to the teacher with his eyes wide open.
②He left his room with the light on.
③With the old man to lead the way, we’re sure to get there in time
④Mary felt shy with the whole class looking at her.
⑤The thief sat in the corner, with his hands tied to a chair.
⑥The teacher entered the classroom with a book in his hand.
there are only 72,000 of us left.
“there + be + N./ 代词 + 非谓语动词”
其中非谓语动词的形式取决于句子中名词/代词和该动词之间是主动关系还是被动关系。 是主动关系时用现在分词形式， 如果是被动关系则用过去分词形式。
There are some students singing in the classroom.]
There were two students killed in the fighting.
Newspapers reported that there were hundreds of houses burned in the great fire.
6. stomach n. 腹部;胃 stomachache n. 胃、肚子痛
7. Would prefer + sth. 更愿意…
Would prefer to do sth. 更愿意做某事
prefer + sth. 更愿意要…
sb. to do sth 更愿意让某人做某事
doing / to do sth. 更愿意做某事
that sb. should do…更愿意让某人做某事
to do… rather than do…宁愿做…也不宁愿做…
(doing) sth… to (doing) sth.宁愿（做）某事也不宁愿（做）某事
8. apply v. 申请
apply (to sb. ) for sth. 向（某人）申请… apply oneself to… 专心; 集中精力
apply to do sth. 申请做某事 apply to sb. /sth. 适用，应用
9.suggest 提议； 建议
①+ sth
② + doing sth.
③ + sb’s doing sth.
④ + sth. to sb.
⑤ + that sb. ( should ) do sth.
⑥ It’s suggested that sb. ( should ) do sth.
当suggest解为“暗示,表明,说明”时,从句要用一般陈述语气,不用虚拟语气。
10. No longer = not any longer 不再（时间，状态上不再延续）
No more = not any more 不再（数量上的不再延续）
11. thick adj. a thick rope粗绳
thick black hair浓密的头发 a thick forest茂密的森林
a thick door厚重的门 thick smoke浓烟
12．rub v. ~ sth on /over rubbed
13．protect v. protection n.
protect sb /sth from (against) sth 保护…不受…伤害
keep … from doing sth.
stop … (from )doing sth. 阻止某人做某事
prevent …. (from)…
14．affect (v.) = have an effect on 影响
have an effect on/ upon sb./ sth.
15．pay attention to: give your attention to
16. No rain forest, no animals and no drug.
No. A, no B. （如果）没有……就（没有）….. No pains, no gains
17．Would like + sth. 想要某东西
to do sth. 想做某事
sb. to do sth 想某人做某事
feel like + doing sth.= want to do sth. 想做某事。
18. Three of us我们中的三个人 the three of us我们三个人
19. bite- bit –bitten
20. come into being
Module 2 Unit 5 Music
1.roll 翻身, 打滚，卷起，滚下来，铺开, 离开, 大声朗读
roll over
2. folk n. 人们(复数形式可加s, 也可不加, 表示家里人, 父母(常加s)
folk music folk tale folk song folk dance folk singer
3.musician 音乐家 →music音乐n. → musical音乐的adj
4. honest adj. honesty n / honestly adv. / dishonest adj.
be honest with sb To be honest, … 老实说= to tell the truth
be honest about sth 对…老实, 诚恳 It is honest of sb. to do sth.
be honest in ( doing ) sth
5. form vt. 形成, 组成, 养成 n. 表格, 形式, 形态
Be formed of =be made up of 由……组成
in the form of以…形式 in form形式上, 情况良好
6.passers-by 合成词构成复数是一般在前面加复数:
lookers-on 旁观者 sons-in-law 女婿
但是由man或woman构成的合成词, 复数前后的词都要加复数.如men-doctors
7. earn vt. 赚得, 使得到 earn one’s living = make a living 谋生
8. extra adj. 额外的；外加的；特别的；另外的
adv. 特别; 额外 n.额外的东西；另收费的事物
9. play jokes/a joke on … 开玩笑, 戏弄某人
=make fun of…=laugh at…= play tricks/ a trick on…
10. lively
11. advertisement 做广告; 登广告 advertise v. 做广告宣传
advertise on TV在电视上做广告
12. actors 演员 actress 女演员 act n. 行为，举动 act v. 演出；当演员
13.fan (1) n. 扇子 (2) vt. 扇；吹向 fan oneself 扇自己; fan a fire扇火
(3) n. 狂热者，迷 pop fans 发烧友
14. 1) or so “大约；……左右” ，通常位于数量词之后。
2) about , some, round 均为“大约”之意，但它们放在数词之前
15. instrument n.1) 器具；仪器 a surgical instrument 外科器械
2) 乐器（guitar, flute长笛 , saxophone萨克斯管）
16..break up ① 破裂, 拆散, 打碎 ② 驱散 ③ 停止, 结束,放学了。
break down 出故障,拆毁,失败,精神崩溃, (身体)垮
break into/in 破门而入,闯进
break off 中断；停止,断交；突然停止
break out 爆发；突然发生
break away from 脱离；摆脱
17. hit n. 成功, 风靡一时, 打击 vt. hit sb on/in + 身体某一部位
beat +sb. win+match/prise/
18. afterwards
19. go wrong= something is wrong with…]
= there is something wrong with…
go +adj. go mad go bad go pale go grey . go hungry
20. be / feel confident +clause/ of / about/ in
21. stick to
22. hear of听说 hear about听说, 接到消息
hear from接到...的信, 受...批评 hear that
23. at first = at the beginning; 起初，含有后来不这样之意
first of all 首先，指按时间，顺序等处于第一位的。
the first time 第一次 做宾语、表语,作连词引导从句;
for the first time 第一次 作状语，不引导从句
At first she was afraid of water, but she soon learned to swim.
First of all let me say how glad I am to be here.
I’ll never forget the first time I went to Japan.
It was there that they met for the first time.
24. hang –hanged-hanged 绞死 The man was hanged for murder
hang--hung --hung 悬挂, 垂下, 装饰, A picture is hung on the wall.
1．enjoy suggest practise, mind, risk, avoid, , escape, keep, , admit, advise, consider, appreciate, excuse, delay, finish, imagine, miss, feel like, stand （忍受） look forward to, can’t help, put off, give up，set about , insist on +doing
2．It’s +adj, +for sb. to do sth. (对某人来说做…)
It’s +adj, +of sb. to do sth. （某人如此…而做
It is /was +…+ who/ that…
It is/was the first time that…+主语+ have/ had done…某人第一次做…
It’s said / reported / hoped / believed / announced that 据说/报道/希望/相信/据称
It’s a pity / a shame / a wonder … that 可惜/可耻/奇怪的是…
It happens / appears / seems +that 恰巧/好像
It looks / seems as if 看起来好像
It’s up to sb. to do 该某人做
It’s (high) time that + 主语+ did/ should+ do 是该做的时候了
篇11：高一上期末词组复习(新课标版高一英语上册教案教学设计)
1、喜欢，爱好 2、追寻，寻找 3、为了
4、给某人写短信 5、总共 6、不睡，熬夜
7、发生 8、引进，带来 9、以---- 告终
10、许许多多 11、逃离 12、注意，当心
13、为某人送行 14、另一方面 15、也，而且
16、保护某人 17、母语 18、发生，产生
19、失火 20、仔细检查 21、高度评价
22、省去，遗漏 23、以某人为笑柄 24、神话，童话
25、让步，投降 26、成为废墟，遭到严重破坏
27、使苏醒，使生动 28、拆毁，推翻 29、设立，创立
30、代表，象征 31、因为，由于 32、速滑
33、田径 34、宁愿，宁可 35、参加
36、为----准备 37、每四年 38、与----保持联系
39、要求，需要 40、假设，万一 41、按照，根据
42、接受，接管 43、毁掉，中止 44、主办城市
45、历史上的重要事件 46、一个荒无人烟的岛 47、交通方式
48、为了某人的健康祝酒 49、风流人物 50、试管婴儿
51、care about 52、make oneself at home
53、have a good knowledge of 54、have difficulty in doing sth.
55、get on one's feet 56、travel agent 57、go wrong
58、owe sth. to sb. 59、stay away 60、think highly of
61、in one's opinion 62、under attack 63、change one's mind
64、in modern times 65、do one's best 66、have on effect on
67、be popular among 68、a successful manager
69、survive the crash 70、make fire 71、walk the dog
72、all the way 73、drive sb. crazy 74、flight number
75、an unusual experience 76、think twice 77、the deadline for sth.
78、seize the opportunity 79、meat-eating animals
80、cause trouble for sb. 81、disabled people 82、take a sip
83、on the banks of a river 84、during one's lifetime
85、years of hard work 86、men's table tennis singles event
87、live his dream 88、hold the Olympic Games
89、surf the Internet 90、history-making success
91、every other day 92、build a website
93、air pollution 94、make a good impression
95、take one's place 96、the secret of success
97、outer space 98、life jacket
99、get close to nature 100、paddle down the river
Keys:
1、be fond of 2、hunt for 3、in order for
4、drop ab. a line 5、 in total 6、stay up
7、come about 8、bring in 9、end up with
10、a great many 11、get away from 12、watch out
13、see sb. off 14、on the other hand 15、as well as
16、protect sb. from 17、mother tongue 18、take place
19、on fire 20、go through 21、speak highly of
22、leave out 23、make jokes about sb. 24、a fairy tale
25、give in 26、in ruins 27、bring --- back to life
28、pull down 29、set up 30、stand for
31、because of 32、speed skating 33、track and field
34、would rather 35、take part in 36、in preparation for
37、every four years 38、stay in touch with 39、call for
40、in case of 41、according to 42、take over
43、break down 44、the host city 45、important events in history
46、a deserted island 47、means of transportation
48、drink to one's health 49、the modern hero 50、a test-tube baby
51、在乎 52、就像在家里一样 53、对某事很了解
54、做某事有困难 55、站起来 56、旅行社代理人
57、出错 58、归功于某人 59、远离
60、高度评价 61、某人认为，某人的观点 62、遭受袭击
63、改变主意 64、在现代 65、尽最大的努力
66、对----有影响 67、在----中流行 68、一个成功的经理
69、在空难中幸存下来 70、生火 71、溜狗
72、一直 73、使---发疯 74、航班号
75、一段不寻常的经历 76、仔细考虑 77、最后通牒
78、抓住机会 79、肉食动物 80、给---惹麻烦
81、残疾人 82、抿一小口 83、在河岸上
84、在某人的一生之中 85、多年的艰苦工作 86、乒乓球男子单打比赛
87、实现梦想 88、举办奥运会 89、上网冲浪
90、历史性的成功 91、每两天 92、建立网站
93、空气污染 94、留个好印象 95、代替某人的位置
96、成功的秘密 97、外太空 98、救生衣
99、贴近自然 100、顺流而下
篇12：试论英语教师评课的基本方法(新课标版高考复习)
评课是教学研究过程中不可或缺的一个环节，听课后对授课教师的教学情况进行评议，把自己的看法和感受反馈给授课教师，一是对他人劳动的尊重和认可，是对他人负责的一种体现。另一方面，通过与授课教师的对话与交流，了解他的教学观和教学思想，相互取长补短，可以增强同伴之间的业务切磋，提高教师的业务能力，有益于加强教学常规管理，深化课堂教学改革，推进素质教育，促进整个教学改革向前发展。
一、评课原则
1. 客观性
评课时，要以课堂的真实情况为基础，以科学的教育教学理论为依据，不带任何偏见，恰如其分地进行评议，评议要客观公正，不夹感情因素，不分厚薄亲疏，通用一把尺子，一个衡量标准，实事求是地把本节课的得失分析呈现出来。同时，评课者应及时坦率与执教教师交换意见，对课的长处一定要充分肯定，看出的问题也要明确指出，不能含含糊糊，一味“好、好”无根据地唱赞歌，成绩要说够，缺点要说透。
2. 目的性
明确评课目的。进行评课，应该根据教研活动的目的或听课者听课目的确定评课的目的。评课时一定要围绕已确定的目的进行，做到既有理论阐发，又有具体的教学建议，有说服力和可信度。评课过程中，要根据上课教师提供的课堂教学实例，交流教育与教学思想，总结教学经验，探讨教学方法，帮助、指导上课教师和参与听课活动的教师提高教学能力。通过评课，使参与活动的全体教师，从一个课堂教学实例中吸取教益，学习教学方法，改进不足，以达到共同提高教学水平的目的。
3.层次性
被评的教师情况不同，对课堂的教学不同，评课的侧重点也应有所不同。对于教学上已有一定造诣的老师要求要高一些，侧重对他们教学中的擅长之处，独到见解做出突出的分析和概括以便他们形成风格和特色；对一般的教师，应根据其教学基本功要求全面评议，让他们逐步达到要求，并针对他们某些方面的薄弱之处，有侧重地加以点拨指导；对刚任教的教师，评课侧重点放在教学目的性是否明确，教学重难点是否把握，教学设计是否合理，条理是否清楚，讲练是否合理等。
二、评课内容。
1. 评教学思想。即从教学思想这一角度出发，依据课堂教学活动的实例，评议教学思想在课堂教学中的体现。包括：以人为本的思想，教师面向全体的思想，培养和发展学生的能力的思想，着力提高学生整体素质的思想，运用现代教育观树立学生主体地位的思想等等。在现阶段还应体现新课改的精神和教育新理念。
2. 评教材处理。即从教学内容处理的角度，评议教材体系及知识体系是否把握的准确、教学重点是否突出、教学难点是否突破、内容定量是否妥当等。是否全面规划教学任务，培养学生思维能力。是否克服旧的惟理智主义的知识观，在关注学科知识基础性的同时，强调与现实生活、学生经验的联系，强调实际应用，是否加强了方法、应用、探究等方面的内容以及学科间的整合和综合。再如是否将新授知识转化为学生感兴趣的问题，从而使每一个学生都对这一堂课产生很大的兴趣，积极主动地学习。
3. 评教法运用。即从教师对教学方法处理的角度，评议教师在课堂教学中所运用的教法是否符合本年级学生心理特点、是否激发了学生的学习兴趣、是否创设问题情境，引导学生积极思考、是否有利于培养学生的能力、是否调动了学生的学习积极性等。教师为学生制定的教学目标是否处于他们各自的最近发展区内，并为学生提供必要的认识前提，安排好新旧知识的连结，让学生跳一跳摘果子，这样才能最大限度地调动学生的学习积极性。教师对来自课堂中的各种信息，从正确的标准和已有的经验出发作出何种的评判，形成何种的反馈信息，又是如何处理反馈的信息，以及施行何种的偏差纠正方案等。
4. 评学法指导。即对教师在课堂教学中对学生学法指导的情况进行评议。如能否从学科内容与特点着眼，针对学生的年龄差异、心理特征、学习基础、学习方法、学习能力、学习速度、思维特点、学习修养、学习环境和条件进行相应的指导。再如是否建立和形成发挥学生主体性的多样化的学习方式，促进学生主动地、富有个性化地学习。
5. 评教学过程。即从教学结构这一环节出发，评议教师在教学组织活动中，教学环节安排是否合理、教学的组织形式是否科学、教学的整体结构是否严谨、教学节奏是否得当、教师是否适时、适当地使用现代教学手段等。是以“目标--策略--评价”为主线安排教学进程，还是以“活动--体验--表现”这一新的教学进程来安排。从新课改精神来看，更关注学生的主动参与，让学生在观察、操作、讨论、质疑、探究中，在情感的体验中学习知识，完善人格。
6. 评教学效果。即教学内容的完成程度、学生对知识的掌握程度、学生能力的形成程度、学生思维的发展程度等。教学是否注意联系学生生活的实际，从而使学习变成学生的内在需求。是否注意挖掘教学内容中的情意因素，做到知、情、意结合，课堂上师生民主平等，互相尊重，教师给学生以成功机会，使学生情感的需要，自我实现的需要得到满足，从而使学习变成学生的内在需求。是否坚持因材施教，让每一个学生装得到其原有基础上的最好发展。有否确立每个学生都有他的闪光点，有时学生的见解很独特，教师在帮助他们的同时也可以获取知识，取长补短。所授的这堂课在教学上是否面向全体学生，是否关注学生的和谐发展，是否关注学生的可持续发展。
7.评教师基本功。
三、评课技巧
1. 要抓主要矛盾。一节好课，也不可能尽善尽美。评课中，更不可能面面俱到。因此，应根据上课教师探讨的目的和课型，根据听课的目的和要解决的主要问题，抓住课堂教学中的主要问题进行评论。如这节课的目的是探讨如何在课堂教学中培养学生分析问题和解决问题的能力，评课时就应该把重点放在培养学生分析问题和解决问题的能力的成功经验和存在的不足上，其他方面只作次要问题略提即可，切不可冲淡中心。
2. 要采用多种形式。评课要根据其范围、规模、任务等不同情况，采用不同形式。对于观摩示范性、经验推广性、研究探讨性的听课活动，应采用集体公开形式评课，通过集体讨论、评议，对所示课例进行分析评论，形成对课堂教学的共同评价，以达到推广经验的目的。
3. 要坚持激励原则。任何形式的评课必须要坚持激励性原则。通过评课活动，起到调动教师参与教学、研究的积极性作用。因此，评课过程中，既要解决必须解决的问题，又要注意语言的技巧、发言的分寸、评价的方向和火候，以便发挥评课的效益功能，起到推动教学工作健康发展的作用。
四、评课应该注意的问题：
1、评课要有准备，切忌信口开河。评课时的准备工作主要是对听课时所获取的感性材料进行细致的分析综合，使之上升为理性的东西。听课时往往会发现一些问题或经验，评课时要对这些看起来似乎是各自独立的问题加以仔细的分析研究，发现他们之间的本质联系，还必须注意揭示那些被表面现象所掩盖着的本质问题。
2、评课要有重点，切忌吹毛求疵。评课的重点应主要围绕教学任务的完成情况、课堂教学的组织结构、课堂信息的传递结构、学生思维活动的密度和质量、教师的基本功等方面进行，因此不要在琐碎问题上吹毛求疵。有的同志在听课时往往抓不住课堂教学中的要害问题，总喜欢对教学中出现的偶发性错误抓住不放，这是一种舍本逐末的做法，应该尽量避免。因为这样做，不但不能帮助教师提高教学水平，反而会严重地伤害教师的自尊心。比如教学任务的完成情况，首先要谈教学目标的确定是否合理，其标准是否可行。课堂教学目标，一般由三个方面组成：Ⅰ.知识目标；Ⅱ.能力目标；Ⅲ.思想教育目标。即学生对知识掌握与技能转化的程度有否实现，教学中对学生所促成的智能发展状况如何，实现了思想品德教育或熏陶了吗？以及这些目标的确定，是否符合教育目标的要求，是否紧密联系教学内容的实际，是否符合本班学生的实际水平和能力现状，是否突出其在本节课的重点内容。
3、评课要全面衡量，切忌以偏盖全。日常评课活动中，我们在听课中往往会发现有些教师在某一方面有十分突出的优点，令人赞叹不已。例如粉笔字写的很漂亮，或者板图画的非常漂亮等等。这些突出的优点往往会使听课的人产生一种愉快的心境。相反，有时候也会因为授课教师存在某一方面的缺陷，给听课者带来一些沮丧失望的心境。心理学研究表明,不管任何性质的心境都具有强烈的弥散性.也就是说,这种愉快和失望的心境使人们在其他问题上也会带上同样的感情色彩,产生“一好遮百丑”或“一丑遮百好”的心理感觉。因此，如果在听课时发生这种情形，那么在评课时要特别注意防止感情用事，以偏盖全。如可以评一评教学的整体结构是否完整有序，体现这一完整性的各个要素的排列是否有序，这个顺序是否符合教学规律，是否符合学生的实际，是否符合课型特点等。
4、评课要因人而异，切忌程式化。评课的角度和深度要根据被评教师的实际情况来定。评课时一要注意年龄差异。对待老教师要尊重，持虚心态度，抱着学习的心理；对于有多年教学经验的中老年教师，要把评课的重点放在教学指导思想方面，对于一般性的问题可以讲的概括一点，不要不厌其烦地谈论教学细节问题。同时要帮助其总结经验，并使之上升为理论性的东西；对待刚参加工作的年轻教师，要细心指导，持扶持态度，评课要具体，可以就教学细节提出具体的改进意见或努力方向，但不要求全责备，可结合实际讲一些教学理论问题，并注意不宜太多太深。二要注意教师的性格差异。对待性格谦逊的老师，可推心置腹、促膝谈心；对待性格直爽的教师，可直截了当，从各个角度与其认真交流；对待性格固执的教师应谨慎提出意见。三要注意教师的素质差异。对待素质好的教师，要提出新的目标，以求不断进取，形成个人的教学风格；对待素质一般的教师，要注意鼓励、鞭策，使其充满信心，迎头赶上；对待素质较差的老师，要诚恳地帮助他们认识到教学中的不足，促使他们苦练基本功，提高自身素质。总之，评课要看对象，不能一个程式往下套。
篇13：英语高考的看图写话方法(新课标版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
看图写话是NMET书面表达经常采用的形式，它是一种检查学生观察理解能力及运用语言能力的形式。考生必须根据所示图片或图片组，恰当地运用所学的词句表达一个完整的故事，近年NMET书面表达均采用图画提示的书面表达形式，要求考生根据图画所表现的内容写一篇100字左右的短文。那么，如何根据图画的内容，运用正确的语言和规定的篇幅来写好这类文章呢？
1．确定图画的内容要点
碰上这类试题，考生首先应仔细审题，看懂图片所表达的意思，根据图画内容整理出几个要点，再根据这些要点决定要采用的语言形式。如NMET 的高考试题中，书面表达部分题目是这样的：假设你是李华，在美国探亲，2月8日清晨，你目击了一起交通事故。警察局让你写一份材料，报告当时所见情况，请根据图画写出报告，词数100左右，结尾已为你写好。
根据图画确定的内容要点是：
（1）202月8日发生了一起交通事故
（2）我走在公园路
（3）一位老人从街的另一边公园里出来
（4）一辆黄车开过来在公园路转弯
（5）黄车撞倒了老人并向西开跑
（6）我记住了车牌号是AC864，并送老人去医院
2. 直截了当，开门见山
开门见山就是文章写什么，开头就说什么，直截了当，尽快入题，不要拐弯抹角，拖泥带水，如NMET 98，写的是参观农场，开头就是：Today we visited a farm.
3．10句话左右组成文章
书面表达要求用100词左右写出含六个要点左右的短文，所以从近几年的高考英语答案看，一般都以10个句子组成一篇文章。若用较少于8句话来表达，则句子容易复杂冗长，容易失控；若用多于10句话来表述，则句子零乱与琐碎，文章缺乏整体感。
请看NMET 2000年的书面表达范文（8句话）：
（1）It was 7：15 on the morning of February8，2000. （2） I was walking along Park Road towards the east when an elderly man came out of the park on the other side of the street．（3）Then I saw a yellow car drive up Third street and make a right turn into Park Road．（4） The next moment the car hit the man while he was crossing the road．（5） He fell with a cry. （6）The car didn't stop but drove at great speed heading west. （7） I noticed the driver was young woman and the plate number was AC864．（8） About two minutes later I stopped a passing car and took the old man to the nearest hospital.
4．语言基本无误
（1）用有把握的句式
看图写话要用自己最熟悉、最有把握的词语和句型将题中所规定的内容要点加以表达，进而串联成文。在表达时句子宜短不宜长，应慎用分词或复合句，对拿不准的表达，可采用“回避”的方法，在不改变原有意思的前提下，改换另一种表达方式，但切忌中文式的英语，或根据英语语法人为地编造一些不地道的语言材料。如NMET 98高考作文是：5月3日，你参观了一个农场，请根据图画用英语写一篇日记。针对这篇文章的要点，我们就要使用以下有把握的句式，如：
①give somebody a warm welcome
②show somebody around
③How glad somebody was to do something
④have fun （in） doing something
⑤say goodbye to somebody
其中，第一句式The farm workers gave us a warm welcome. 我们也可以用其它表达法：The farm workers warmly welcomed us. 或The people in the farm received us warmly等。
（2）注意用词表达得当
用词不当，会影响文章内容的正确表达。如：NMET 98的高考书面表达有如下要点：警察罚他们抓住下一个违章者。有的学生用He let us catch an other off ender．这种表达就没有He made us catch the next of fender. 来得恰当。因为文中是因违章被罚，站在路边抓其他违章者一事带有强迫性质，用“let”语意太轻，应改用make。
（3）重视英语虚词的使用
“看图写话”所提供的图画内容要点，通常是分幅叙述，相互之间没有逻辑的联系。这就要求考生按照合理的顺序，将句子连珠成串。在不连贯时，可适当使用一些过渡性的连接词，如and，then，however，besides，thus等，这样使人看上去脉络清晰，层次分明，文理通顺，意思连贯。如：NMET 97范文中使用连词and达到5次，NMET 98使用连词and达到3次，NMET 99使用连词and达到4次，NMET 2000使用连词and达到3次，then l次，but l次。
5．结尾自然有力
文章结尾要干净、利落，既不能拉杂，也不能草率，要显得自然，恰当得体。请看如表1所示的例子：
年份
文章结尾句
NMET 1992
At four o’clock, we said goodbye and set off for home.
NMET 1993
It was our brave Ah Fu who had saved my little sister.
NMET
The time passed quickly. Before we knew it, we had to say goodbye to the workers.
NMET
I hope you come and see for yourself some day.
NMET 2000
About two minutes later I stopped a passing car and took the old man to the nearest hospital.
总之，做好看图写话的书面表达题，要做到内容切题，要点明确，文理通顺，语言正确，篇幅适中，开门见山，结尾自然。
篇14：英语结构中的“否定转移”(新课标版高考复习英语教案教学设计)
在英语的某些特殊句型中，按照意思本应该放在其它部分的否定却习惯移到前面的谓语中。在汉译英时要注意翻译，以符合表达习惯。
英语结构中的“否定转移”
在英语的某些特殊句型中，按照意思本应该放在其它部分的否定却习惯移到前面的谓语中。在汉译英时要注意翻译，以符合表达习惯。
一、在含有宾语从句的主从复合句中,若宾语从句是表否定意义，而且主句中含有I(we)+think,
believe, suppose, expect, imagine等谓语动词时，则习惯上把宾语从句中的否定词not前移到主句的谓语动词中。如:
I don't think it's necessary to read this book. 我认为没有必要去读这本书。
I don't believe it's rainy today. 我确信今天一定不是雨天。
二、在“...not...because...”结构中，如果否定词否定的是由because引导的整个状语从句，则把not前移到主句的谓语动词上，且不用逗号将其隔开，意为“并不是因为……就……”。如: He didn't go to see the film because he liked it. 他并不是因为喜欢那部电影才去看的。
如果用逗号将其隔开，则not否定的是其后的谓语动词。如：
He didn't go to see the film yesterday, because he was ill.他昨天并没有去看电影,因为他病了。
三、当happen / used to / seem等词后加动词不定式构成复合谓语时，如果不定式是表否定含义，则把not前移到这些词的前面，构成“not + happen / used to / seem ...”。如：
The news didn't seem to be true. 这个消息好象并不是真的。
四、在“appear / feel like / seem / look /feel / sound / as if + 从句”结构中，从句的否定词常移到这些动词或短语的前面。如:
It doesn't look as if he is a Chinese. 他看起来并不像一个中国人。
It doesn't sound as if he knew what had happened. 听起来他好像不知道刚才所发生的事情。
五、当由until作为连词或介词所引导的时间状语从句或短语中含有否定词时，常转移到主句谓语动词中，构成“...not...until...”结构。如：
He doesn't go to bed until eleven every night. 他每晚直到11点才睡觉。
六、在“It is / was likely / probably +
从句”中，如果从句中用了否定结构，则把否定词转移到主句的谓语动词中。如：
It isn't likely that it will rain tomorrow. 看起来明天不会下雨。
It isn't probable that he will come here today. 他今天也许不会来这里了。
七、在一些部分否定中，也可将否定谓语动词的否定词转移到主语上。如：
Not all the people knew the truth. (=All the people didn't know the truth.)
并不是所有的人都知道事情的真相。
八、在一些句子中，句子形式上是否定动词，而实际上是否定状语部分。如：
Don't judge a man by his appearance. 不要以貌取人。
He doesn't go to school by bus but on foot.
他不是步行去上学,而是坐公共汽车。
篇15：高三第一轮课本复习教案Unit3 A taste of English humour(新课标版高考复习英语必修四教案教学设计)
Unit 3 A taste of English humour
一、三维目标
I. 技能目标
▲Talk about different types of humour; a taste of English humour
▲Learn how to express one’s emotions
▲Learn the -ing form as the Predicative, Attribute & Object Complement
▲Learn to write humorous stories
II. 知识目标
词 汇
1. 四会词汇
slide, skin, cruel, content, astonish, particular, entertain, failure, entertaining, throughout, homeless, worn-out, overcome, difficulty, boil, fortunate, snowstorm, bottom, chew, mouthful, direct, star, outstanding, Switzerland, fortune, swing, pancake, mountainous, whisper, vast, sense
2. 认知词汇
verbal, nonverbal, mime, farce, Charlie Chaplin, Edward Lear, bump, poverty, charming, tramp, lace, enjoyment, Oscar, costume, Sherlock Holmes
3. 词组
be content with, badly off, pick out, star in, knock into
语 法 ▲构词法：名词与形容词之间的转化
▲动词的-ing形式作表语、定语和宾语补足语的用法（The -ing form as predicative, attribute and object complement）
重 点 句 子 1. Do you find it funny to see someone sliding on a banana skin, bumping into someone else round a corner, or falling down a hole in the road? P17
2. Some humour can be cruel but some people seem to enjoy seeing other people’s bad luck at times. P17
3. Perhaps it makes us feel more content with our life because we feel there is
someone else worse than ourselves. P17
重 点 句 子 4. However, some actors can astonish us with the deep feelings they can inspire in us for a character they are playing. P17
5. This character was a social failure but he was loved by all who watched the films for his determination in overcoming difficulties and being kind even when people were unkind to him. P18
6. Imagine you are hungry and all there is to eat is a boiled shoe. P18
7. The film is set in California in the middle of the nineteenth century when gold
was discovered and thousands of people rushed there in search of it. P18
8. Instead they are caught on the edge of a mountain in a storm in a small wooden house, where they have nothing to eat. P18
9. You can imagine how difficult it is to chew, but he seems to eat every mouthful with great enjoyment. P18
10. Chaplin produced, directed, and wrote the movies he starred in. P18
11. In 1972 he was given a special Oscar for his lifetime outstanding work. P18
Ⅲ.情感目标
Enable the students to know some basic knowledge of English humour and enjoy them. Always remember that humour is particular to each culture.
IV.教学课时安排：共三课时
第一课时：归纳与《高考考试说明》的相关话题词汇，与高考完形填空和阅读理解题进行链接，进一步提升这一类文章的阅读技能。
第二、三课时：单元词汇及重点实用句型并完成本单元的语法讲解和练习。
Period 1 Topic vocabulary
Step1 Teaching content of the unit
Topic vocabulary → MET-linking → Unit vocabulary → Grammar
Step2 Vocabulary revision
mime笑剧、哑剧 farce轻喜剧、滑稽剧 cross talk相声 doggerel 打油诗 clown小丑
joke笑话 sketch小品 comedy 喜剧 humour幽默
Step3 高考链接---完形填空 （陕西）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出适合填入对应空白处的最佳选项。
I was having my dinner at McDonald’s one evening when so old couple slowly walked in. They 1 their meal. Took a table near the window and started 2 food out of the plate. There was one hamburger, one order of French fries（炸薯条）and one drink. The man 3 the food into two halves and carefully placed one before his wife.
He took a sip（一小口）of the drink. His wife also took one and then 4 the cup down between them. “That 5 old couple! All they can 6 is one meal for the two of them,” thought I. As the man began to eat his French fries. I 7 to my feet, went over and said that I was 8 to buy another meal for them. Bet he 9 refused me and said that they made it a 10 to share everything.
11 , the lady didn’t take a bite. She sat there 12 her husband eat, and taking turns (轮流) sipping the drink, Again I 13 to buy them something but was refused. When the man finished eating and was 14 his face with a napkin (纸巾).
I could no longer stand it. I made an offer to them a third time. After being politely refused, I asked the lady 15 ,“Madam, why aren’t you eating? You said that you share everything. What is it that you are waiting for?” “The teeth,” she answered.
1. A. served B. requested C. collected D. ordered
2. A. carrying B. taking C. fetching D. bringing
3. A. divided B. cut C. changed D. formed
4. A. got B. settled C. set D. turned
5. A. funny B. crazy C. strange D. poor
6. A. afford B. pay C. demand D. choose
7. A. came B. struggled C. rushed D. rose
8. A. anxious B. willing C. satisfied D. quick
9. A. warmly B. proudly C. kindly D. seriously
10. A. way B. habit C. case D. model
11. A. Surprisingly B. Sadly C. Shockingly D .Bitterly
12. A. seeing B. noticing C. watching D. finding
13. A. wanted B. asked C. planned D. attempted
14. A. wiping B. touching C. bathing D. washing
15. A. curiously B. carefully C. naturally D. plainly
1~5) DBACD 6~10) ADBCB 11~15) ACBAA
高考链接---阅读理解(北京D)
Language as a System of Symbols
Of all systems of symbols(符号), language is the most highly developed. It has been pointed out that human beings, by agreement, can make anything stand for anything. Human beings have agreed, in the course of centuries of mutual(相互的) dependency, to let the various noises that they can produce with their lungs, throats, tongues, teeth, and lips systematically stand for certain happenings in their nervous systems. We call that system of agreements language.
There is no necessary connection between the symbol and that which it stands for. Just as social positions can be symbolized by feathers worn on the head, by gold on the watch chain, or by a thousand other things according to the culture we live in, so the fact of being hungry can be symbolized by a thousand different noises according to the culture we live in.
However obvious these facts may appear at first glance, they are actually not so obvious as they seem except when we take special pains to think about the subject. Symbols and the things they stand for are independent of each other, yet we all have a way of feeling as if, and sometimes acting as if, there were necessary connections. For example, there are people who feel that foreign languages are unreasonable by nature: foreigners have such funny names for things, and why can’t they call things by their right names? This feeling exhibits itself most strongly in those English and American tourists who seem to believe that they can make the natives of any country understand English if they shout loud enough. Like the little boy who is reported to have said: “Pigs are called pigs because they are such dirty animals,” they feel the symbol is inherently(内在地) connected in some way with the things symbolized.
1．Language is a highly developed system of symbols because human beings _________.
A．have made use of language for centuries
B．use our nervous systems to support language
C．have made various noises stand for any events
D．can make anything stand for anything by agreement
2．What can we conclude from Paragraph 2?
A．Different noise may mean different things.
B．Our culture determines what a symbol stands for.
C．The language we use symbolizes our social positions.
D．Our social positions determine the way we are dressed.
3．In Paragraph 3, “take special pains” probably means “________”.
A．try very hard B．take our time
C．are very unhappy D．feel especially painful
4 ．The example of the little boy is used to show that ___________.
A．adults often learn from their young
B．“pig” is a dirty word because pigs are dirty
C．words are not connected with the things they stand for
D．people sometimes have wrong ideas about how language works
1-4) DBAD
Period 2 Language points
Step1 Words & phrases
I. 按要求写单词巩固练习：(活学活用名家)
v. enjoy n. enjoyment adj. enjoyable adj. cruel n. cruelty
n. fortune adj. fortunate adv. fortunately (反) unfortunately
v. fail n. failure n. mountain adj. mountainous
v. entertain n. entertainment adj. entertaining
adj. difficult n. difficulty v. astonish n. astonishment
II. 重点短语翻译：
1. 对…感到满意 be content with 2. 挑出；辨别出 pick out
3. 主演；担任主角 star in 4. 出身贫寒 be born in poverty
5. 切断；断绝 cut off 6. 撞上；撞见 knock into
7. 被卷入或遭遇某事 be caught in 8. 穷的；缺少的 badly off
9. 寻找 in search of 10. 在露天 in the open air
Ⅲ. 用上述所给动词（短语）的适当形式填空。
1. We were caught in a heavy traffic jam and arrived late for the meeting.
2. In fact, most people in that area are worse off than they were 5 years ago because of years of war.
3. He looked around as if in search of something.
4. Many presidents in American history were born in poverty.
5. Be careful! You have almost knocked into the old man.
6. Our headmaster was content with what we did in the sports meet.
7. The actress won a Special Oscar because of the character she had starred in the film.
8. Just before the beginning of the Iraq War, Baghdad’s communications with the outside had been cut off by the American troops.
9. Ten students should be picked out to take part in the competition to be held.
10. Many films are still shown in China in the open air especially in the countryside.
Step2 Important sentences (translate into Chinese)
1. Do you find it funny to see someone sliding on a banana skin, bumping into someone else round a corner, or falling down a hole in the road?
2. Perhaps it makes us feel more content with our life because we feel there is
someone else worse than ourselves.
3. Imagine you are hungry and all there is to eat is a boiled shoe.
4. The film is set in California in the middle of the nineteenth century when gold
was discovered and thousands of people rushed there in search of it.
5. Instead they are caught on the edge of a mountain in a storm in a small wooden house, where they have nothing to eat.
知识点拓展参考《名家指路》 P125 ~ P127
1. be/feel content with sth. be content to do sth.
2. badly off ( worse off) ; worse off
3. All of my efforts ended in failure.
4. make a fortune try one’s fortune
5. catch sb. doing/ sb. be caught doing be caught in a heavy traffic/ in the shower
Step3 Homework
读写任务：阅读Unit3 Nonverbal humour（page17），然后按照要求写一篇150词左右的英语短文。
【写作内容】
（1）概括课文的内容要点，该部分的字数30词左右；
（2）喜剧大师卓别林，运用滑稽、夸张的动作表情，让观众在捧腹大笑之余，体会到幽默的本质。现实生活需要幽默，请根据课文以“Is a sense of humor important?”为话题，谈谈你对幽默的看法。至少包含以下的内容要点，该部分的字数大约120词。
a)幽默感有益身心； b)帮助我们和他人和睦相处； c)增加情趣，活得快快乐乐。
【写作要求】 你可以使用实例或其它论述方法支持你的论点，也可以参照课文材料的内容，，但不要抄袭课文材料中的句子。
参考范文：
The text mainly introduces what nonverbal humor means. It tells something about Charlie Chaplin’s style of acting and how he made a sad situation. It also gives us a short biography about him.
Is a sense of humor important? Different people have different opinions. I think a sense of humor is of great importance in our life. Firstly, humor can make us laugh, which is good for our health. With a crack of jokes, all our worries and sadness will disappear. Secondly, humor helps us live in harmony with others. It is unavoidable to have misunderstanding and tension with others during work and study. But humor can amuse and relax ourselves so that we can deal with the problems. A person with a sense of humor can always get along well with others. What’s more, it is really one of the keys to happiness. So it gives joy to life to make it worth living.
Period 3 Grammar
v-ing形式作表语、定语和宾语补足语
1. 作表语 My job is teaching. / Seeing is believing.
The story he told us is very exciting. / What he said is surprising.
2. 作定语 This is a waiting/ reading/ working room. （动名词）
The working people are really great. （现在分词）
动名词作定语表示用途。如：a sleeping car = a car (used) for sleeping
现在分词作定语表逻辑上的主谓关系。如：a sleeping child = a child who is sleeping
现在分词作定语时，表示动作正在进行或与谓语动词说表示的动作几乎同时发生。如果两个动作有先有后，应该用完成式，但现在分词的完成式一般不作定语。如：
（误）The teacher criticized the boy having broken the window.
（正）The teacher criticized the boy who had broken the window.
单个分词作定语时，放在被修饰的名词之前；分词短语作定语时，放在被修饰的名词之后，此时相当于一个定语从句。如：The man standing at the door is our English teacher. = The man who is standing at the door is our English teacher.
3. 作宾语补足语
You can see them performing every night this week at the new theatre.
You have kept me waiting a whole day.
能带现在分词作宾语补足语的动词主要有：feel, find, hear, listen to, notice, observe, see, smell, watch, get, have, keep, leave, set, etc.
Exercises:
1. There was a terrible noise following the sudden burst of light.
2. He pretend to be sleeping when his father came in.
3. Not having received a reply, he decided to write a sixth letter.
4. This is the bridge built last year.
The bridge being built now over there will be strong.
They’ve designed the bridge to be built next year.
5. I smell something burning in the kitchen. Can I call you back in a minute?
6. I couldn’t do my homework with all that noise going on.
7. Sarah, hurry up. I’m afraid you won’t have time to get changed before the party.
8. The news reporters hurried to the airport, only to be told the film stars had left.
9. I’m sorry I can’t make myself understood.
10. Faced with so much trouble, we failed to complete the task on time.
篇16：永嘉二中高三英语总复习第一轮复习：模块4 Unit 4(新课标版高考复习英语必修四教案教学设计)
第一部分：单元语言知识
一、复习单词
I、单词拼写 根据词性和词义写出下列单词。
1.__________v. 点头
2.__________adj. 相似的
3.__________vt.避免；消除
4.__________n＆ v.姿势； 做手势
5.__________n.一致；协议
6.__________adj. 地方的；当地的
7.__________n.胸膛
8.__________n.＆vt.接近；方法
9.___________n.＆adj.一般的；普通；将军
10.__________adj. 好奇的
11.__________n.＆ adj. 成人的
12.__________n.喜剧
13.__________adj.较大的；主要的
14.__________vt.触摸；感动
15.__________n.陌生人
16.__________adj. 口头的
17.__________n. 面颊
18.__________n.行为；动作
19.__________vt. 惩罚
20._____________n. 表达；表情
II.根据句子的结构和意义，或首字母提示或汉语提示，在空格处填入一个恰当的单词。
1.When travelling abroad, I’m always ________ about the customs and lifestyle of ______ people.
2.Our Olympic volunteers, who are ______________ Chinese people, will go all out to do a good job.
3.Is that Tom’s friend from USA? I’d like him to ___________ her to me.
4.At the meeting they discussed three different a_____________ to the study of maths.
5.He is so tall that his head nearly t__________ the ceiling.
6. I was practically __________ off（睡着）in that meeting.
7. She braked her car hard to avoid _________(bump) into a car turning suddenly out of a corner.
8. He raised his hands in a _________ of despair.
9. Children should see Three-D films with the company of __________.
10. Such wrong behavior should be stopped and even p___________.
11. I like bread, cake, and other ______ (类似的) foods.
12. He is one of the l______ farmers, not a visitor.
13. We are s______ here. Can you direct us to the town hall?
14. The actor liked working on ______ (喜剧) because he loved to make people laugh.
15. He didn’t speak, but with a g______ he told me to follow him.
16. I can tell by his a______ that he is unhappy, though he said nothing.
17. The a______ stayed up, but the kids went to bed.
18. Their ______(同意) about the matter surprised me.
19. If I drink too much red wine, my ______(面颊) go all red.
20. The more _______ (有学问的) a man is, the more modest he usually is.
III. 词语派生 用括号中所给词的适当形式填空。
1. Read the following ____________ and decide whether they are true or false. (state)
2. He was a physics __________. That’s to say, he ____________ in physics. (major)
3. The tiger is a ___________ of the cat family. (represent)
4. The wonderful ______ (introduce) of the book arose my____ (curious) to know more about the story.
5. As we all know, __________ speak louder than words. (act)
6. Something __________ (speak) hung in the air between them.
7. Her ________ (face) expression showed that she did not quite understand what was going on.
8. After a sic-day negotiation(谈判), the two sides finally came to an __________ (agree).
9. I told him I’d meet him here, but perhaps he ________ (understand) and went straight to the pub.
10. He entered the room, ___________ (close) followed by the rest of the family.
IV. 词语辨析
1．be likely to do很可能……；有希望……
▲辨析 likely, probable, possible
(1)What kind of clothes is _________ to be sold 5% cheaper?
(2)It seems _____________________ that he will come.
(3)It should soon be ____________ for most people to shop at home.
(4)We’ll come as soon as ___________.
(5) She is very _________ to enter a key university.
V：用所给动词的适当形式填空。
punish, approach, represent, nod, express, yawn, introduce, avoid, misunderstand, touch
1. Stop ______ and go to bed if you’re tired.
2. He ______ by his father for telling lies yesterday.
3. We can’t ______ to you how grateful we are.
4. Mr Smith ______ when he passed me in the street.
5. A strong typhoon is ______ Fujian.
6. She ______ her fellow-workers at the union meeting last time.
7. May I ______ myself? My name is Meg Johnson.
8. Children quickly learn how to ______ punishment.
9. He complains that his wife always ______ him.
10. Don’t ______ the door; the paint is wet.
VI： 请用下列单词的适当形式填空。（有多余选项）
cheek, touch, represent, punish, action, approach, chest, misunderstand, curious,
agreement, express, general
When you learn another language, you have to learn what people from another culture mean when they move or indicate without speaking.
Watch what people from different cultures do when they introduce themselves. Some 1 the person they are greeting and kiss them on the 2, some kiss on both cheeks, some shake hands, some bow, some beat the 3 and some just nod as it is not their custom to 4 the other person.
In 5 , it is very important to avoid 6 each other. Learn what a yawn 7 in the culture of the people you are meeting. It is likely to be a rude 8 to some. So be very careful how you carry yourself and how you 9 yourself when in another country.
We are all in 10 about one thing: we are all anxious to communicate with other human beings. It is how we do it that differs!
二：词组复习
I. 词组互译 将下列词组或短语译成中文或英语。
1. 相反_________________________
2. 一般来说_____________________
3. 丢脸_________________________
4. 愿意_________________________
5. 背对，拒绝帮助______________________
6. 面部表情____________________________
7. 伸手________________________________
8.保护……以免受
9. as well ________________
10. close to ________________
11. at ease ________________
12. nod at ________________
13. not… nor… ________________
14. be likely to do… ________________
15. be wrong about ________________
16. not all… / all… not ________________
17. introduce sb to sb________________
18. look sb in the eye________________
19. express one’s feelings________________
20. take action________________
II. 根据句子提供的语境，从上一大题中选一个适当的词组并用其适用的形式填空。
1.Her husband ___________________ her without a word, which made her very angry.
2.At first we didn’t feel __________ before him for we had been told that he was a serious person.
3.She felt so cold that she stood __________ the fire.
4.____ ___, people prefer to take the train instead of the airplane to avoid spending so much on travel.
5.“I hear you are enjoying your new job.” “______________, I found it rather dull.”
6. People from different cultures can often __________________each other.
7. He is interested in painting and composing _________.
8. people enjoy spicy food.
9. people do enjoy spicy food.
10. The government should ______ to deal with the environmental problems.
三：综合运用
I.单项填空
1. If you are ______ about Brazil, you may read this book.
A. curious B. upset C. strange D. interested
2. It is very ______ that she will ring me tonight.
A. likely B. possibly C. probably D. perhaps
3. Your experiences are ______ to ours, but your end result is entirely different.
A. same B. different C. similar D. equal
4. As a student, you should try to ______ being late for your class.
A. avoid B. refuse C. prevent D. punish
5. Though she has been in England for half a year, she is still unable to _____ in simple English.
A. explain herself B. express herself C. speak her mind D. make herself understand
6. -What do you mean by saying that?
-I think you _______ what I said. I meant no harm.
A. understood B. misunderstood C. heard D. followed
7. -_______ for snakes while hiking in the woods.
-I’ll dress appropriately to protect myself.
A. Walk out B. Go out C. Set out D. Watch out
8. At this time tomorrow, we _______ across the big desert ahead.
A. are to drive B. are going to drive C. will be driving D. will drive
9. “It’s raining too heavily at this moment,” said the old woman, ________ out of the window.
A. to look B. looking C. having looked D. looked
10. _______, a learned man makes fewer mistakes in life than a man without knowledge.
A. In general B. As general C. On general D. At general
11. -I don’t like this kind of music. -_______. It’s too noisy.
A. Nor do I B. Neither am I C. Nor I do D. Neither I am
12. How _______ I was when I heard the _______ news!
A. disappointing; disappointed B. disappointed; disappointing
C. disappointing; disappointing D. disappointed; disappointed
13. She is very hard-working, _____ he is very lazy.
A. when B. that C. which D. while
14. Before graduation, we had got a lot of practical _____ by doing a part-time job in the factory and it was really ______ for all of us.
A. experiences; great experience B. experience; great experience
C. experiences; a great experience D. experience; a great experience
15. They ______ the idea that children could learn to read as babies.
A. thought B. introduced C. invented D. discovered
II. 基础写作:用括号中所给词翻译下列句子，然后将这些句子联成一篇5句话的连贯的短文。
1. 人们在不熟悉的环境中不大可能感到很放松。(be likely to do…./ at ease)
2. 相反，他们会更加谨言慎行，好像随时在防卫可能潜在的危险。(on the contrary/ action/ as if…./ defend against….)
3. 我们从他们的面部表情和其他身体语言就可以看出这点。(facial expression/ body language)
4. 例如，他们不愿意把自己的个人信息告诉他人。(be willing to do….)
5. 或者当陌生人靠得太近时会感到紧张。(stranger/ approach/ closely)
09高考复习题之短文改错篇 1
We had guests last night who have stayed 1________
In a B&B hotel ago. They did not want breakfast 2______
Because that they were going out early in the 3_______
Morning. They came back lately and had some 4______
tea. I came into the living room and saw one of 5_______
them just go through the kitchen door but turn 6________
on the light. He was looking for a glass the 7________
cupboard. He had no ideas that the kitchen was 8______
not for guests. I just smiled to me and thought, 9_______
“What can I do? We are guests after all.” 10. ________
篇17：届高考英语顶尖学案：新课标人教版Unit 2 Poems 诗歌(新课标版高考复习英语下册教案教学设计)
核心词汇
1．A great many people expressed their ____________(伤心)when they learned of the victims of the Yushu earthquake.
2．We had many difficulties at first，but ____________(最后)we succeeded.
3．We should make a ____________(灵活的)plan in case of any unexpected changes.
4. Supporting such a large family is a heavy ____________(负担)for him.
5．I think it isn’t ____________ (适当的)for you to attend the party in such a casual coat.
6．It’s not surprising that young people nowadays follow new ____________(模式)of living.
7．Never will I forget the ideas and thoughts we ____________(交换)at college.
8．You have helped me so much that no words can ____________(传达)my thanks.
9．用translate的适当形式填空
(1)The disabled lady decided on a career as a ____________and has ____________ hundreds of books from English into Chinese so far.
(2)Her ____________ of some great works is popular among young people.
10．用end的适当形式填空
(1)-How did the story ____________？
-Just like most romantic stories，it had a happy ____________.
The prince killed the monster and saved the princess in the ____________ and they lived happily ever after.
(2)I can’t put up with his ____________complaints any more.
1. sorrow 2.eventually 3.flexible 4.load 5.appropriate 6.patterns 7.exchanged 8.convey 9.(1)translator；translated (2)translation 10.(1)end；ending；end (2)endless
高频短语
1．________________ 有意义
2．________________ 熬夜，不睡觉；挺立
3．________________ 轻松；不紧张；从容
4．________________ 用完
5．________________ (多用于被动结构)构成
6．________________ 转化成，改造为
7．________________ 尤其；特别
8．________________ 去远足
9．________________ 测试；试验
10．________________ 发出；放走
1.make sense 2.stay up 3.take it easy 4.run out of 5.make up of 6.transform into 7.in particular 8.go for a hike 9.try out 10.let out
重点句式
1．There are __________________________people write poems.
人们写诗有许多原因。
2．________ the traveller return，this stone would utter speech.
行人归来石应语。
3．Do you think the speaker in the poem ________________ be a girlfriend/boyfriend or a parent?
你认为诗中的发言者更有可能是一个女朋友、男朋友，还是一位父亲或母亲？
4．________ so many different forms of poetry ____________，students may eventually want to write poems of their own.
因为有许多不同类型的诗可以选择，学生们可能最后都想写他们自己的诗歌了。
1.various reasons why 2.Should 3.is more likely to 4.With；to choose from
知识详解
1 convey vt. 传达，表达；运送；传导，传播
(回归课本P10)Others try to convey certain emotions.
而有些诗则是为了传达某种感情。
11
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(牛津P438)Colours like red convey a sense of energy and strength.
红色之类的颜色可给人们充满活力与力量的感觉。
②(牛津P438)Please convey my apologies to your wife.
请向你的妻子转达我的歉意。
③Please convey my good wishes to your mother.
请向你母亲转达我美好的祝愿。
④The survivors from Sichuan Earthquake have been conveyed to safe places.
四川地震中的幸存者已经被送到安全的地方。
【高效记忆】
Premier Wen Jiabao conveyed his sorrow for the dead and ordered the necessities should be conveyed immediately to the earthquakeMhit areas.温家宝总理表达了对死者的哀悼，并命令立即把必需品运送到地震灾区。
[即境活用]
1．完成句子
(1)作为老师，他确切地知道怎样向学生表达他的想法。
As a teacher，he knows exactly ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ the students.
答案：how to convey his ideas to
(2)我觉得难以用言语表达我的感情。
I found it hard to ________ ________ ________ in words.
答案：convey my feelings
2transform vi.& vt. 转化；转换；改造；变换
(回归课本P11)Never looking back，transformed into stone.
化为石，不回头。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(牛津P2148)It was an event that would transform my life.
那是能够彻底改变我一生的一件事。
②In only 20 years the country has been transformed into an advanced industrial power.
这个国家只用了就变成了一个先进的工业强国。
③She used to be terribly shy，but a year abroad has completely transformed her.
她过去十分腼腆，但在国外呆了一年以后她完全变了。
[即境活用]
2．-Mr.Smith is no longer the man who he used to be.
-So he is.Success and wealth have ________ his character.
A．trained B．translated
C．transported D．transformed
解析：选D。由答句句意“是的，成功和财富已经改变了他的性格。”可知答案。
3appropriate adj. 适当的；正当的
(回归课本P13)Match the beginning of each sentence with the appropriate ending.
把每个句子的开头与恰当的结尾搭配起来。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(朗文P84)It is not appropriate to ask such personal questions in an interview.
采访中问这样私人的问题不合适。
②(朗文P84)We will take appropriate action once the investigation is over.
一旦调查结束我们将采取恰当的行动。
③(牛津P83)The book was written in a style appropriate to the age of the children.
这本书的文体适合儿童阅读。
④It is appropriate that he should do more exercise.
他多进行锻炼是恰当的。
[即境活用]
3．Mr.Black’s formal style of speaking was appropriate ________the occasion.
A．in B．with
C．at D．to
解析：选D。be appropriate to表示“适合于……”。句意：布莱克先生郑重其事的讲话方式适合那个场合。
4exchange n． 交换；交流；互换
vt.& vi.调换；交换
(回归课本P13)If there had not been an exchange programme，he would not have found a sponsor to help him study abroad.如果以前没有交换学生的项目，他不会找到资助人赞助他出国。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①Exchange your idea with your partner and then write it down.与你的同伴交换想法然后记录下来。
②(牛津P691)I shook hands and exchanged a few words with the manager.
我与经理握手，相互交谈了几句。
③(牛津P691)If it doesn’t fit，take it back and the store will exchange it.
如果不合适就把它拿回来，商店将给你掉换。
④(山东高考)I have offered to paint the house in exchange for a week’s accommodation.
我主动粉刷房子来交换一周的住宿。
[即境活用]
4．完成句子
(1)因为我们都匆匆忙忙，所以只交谈了几句。
We only ________ ________ ________ ________ because we were in a hurry.
答案：exchanged a few words
(2)我想把一些英镑兑换成美金。
I’d like to ________ some pounds ________ dollars.
答案：exchange；for
5load n． 负担，负荷物(尤指沉重的)
v． 装载，加重，把弹药装入(枪炮)
(回归课本P16)Slowly the old man carries his load.
老人慢慢地挑着沉重的担子。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①She is under great pressure from heavy study loads.
面对沉重的学业负担，她压力很大。
②(牛津P1185)She thought she would not be able to bear the load of bringing up her family alone.
她认为她无法独自一人担负起养家的重任。
③(牛津P1185)Knowing that they had arrived safely took a load off my mind.
得知他们平安到达后我如释重负。
④The table was loaded with many kinds of delicious food.
餐桌上摆满了各式各样的美味食品。
⑤How long will it take to load the coal into the truck?
装这车煤需要多长时间？
[即境活用]
5．The workers are loading the goods________a car，that is，they’re loading the car________goods.
A．with；with B．into；into
C．into；with D．with；into
解析：选C。考查load的用法。load sth.into...把……装入；load sth.with sth.用……装载……，故选C。
6take it easy 轻松；不紧张；从容
(回归课本P10)if we hadn’t taken it easy
如果我们没有放松警惕
[例句探源]
①(牛津P633)The doctor told me to take it easy for a few weeks.
医生叫我休息几周。
②Take it easy and tell us what happened.
别紧张，告诉我们究竟发生了什么事。
③Take your time and tell me all about it.
别着急，你慢慢讲，把事情全部告诉我。
④(牛津P1820)Why can’t you ever take anything seriously?
你怎么对什么都不当回事呢？
[即境活用]
6．-I feel nervous before the exam.
-________.It won’t be too difficult for you to pass.
A．Take it easily B．Take things easy
C．Take your time D．Take things easily
解析：选B。take things easy指在心理上放松。
7．-Could you turn the TV down a little bit?
-________.Is it disturbing you?
A．Take it easy
B．I’m sorry
C．Not a bit
D．It depends
解析：选B。考查交际用语的运用。前面提到你可以把电视的声音关小点吗？________这打扰你了吗？表明回答方表示不好意思，故用B项，I’m sorry表道歉。A项，别急；C项，一点也不；D项，看情况而定，这三项均不符合语境。
8．-I’m sorry to keep you waiting.I’ll make short of this.
-________.I’m not in a hurry.
A．Take it easy
B．Take your time
C．Not at all
D．Do as you like
解析：选B。由后面答语“I’m not in a hurry.”可知，说话者不慌，故B项正确。
7run out of 用完
(回归课本P10)if we hadn’t run out of energy
如果我们没有精疲力竭
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①My car broke down on the way to the beach because it had run out of petrol.
在去海滩的路上，我的车因为汽油耗尽而抛锚了。
②(牛津P1751)Time is running out for the trapped miners.
被困矿工的时间不多了。
③In the future，care for the environment will become very important as earth’s natural resources run out.
在未来，爱护环境将会很重要，因为地球的资源将濒临枯竭。
④Her money has been run out of and her patience is also running out.她的钱已经用完了，她的耐心也要耗尽了。
⑤His strength gave out after he ran that long distance.
跑完这么长一段距离，他已精疲力竭。
⑥My money has been used up，so I have to return home.
我的钱已经用完了，因此我必须回家。
[即境活用]
9．-I’m still working on my project.
-Oh，you’ll miss the deadline.Time is________.
A．running out B．going out
C．giving out D．losing out
解析：选A。句意：--我仍然在做这个项目。--啊！你也许不能如期完成了。因为快没时间了。当表示时间用完、耗尽的时候多用run out。give out “用完，精疲力竭。”
10．-Do you think we should accept that offer?
-Yes，we should，for we________such bad luck up till now，and time________out.
A．have had；is running
B．had；is running
C．have；has been run
D．have had；has been run
解析：选A。句意：--你认为我们应当接受提供的帮助吗？--是的，因为到目前为止，我们碰到了如此糟糕的运气，而且时间紧迫。up till now(迄今为止)常与现在完成时连用，而时间“正在”消耗殆尽，应用进行时，故选A。
8make up of 组成，构成(多用于被动结构)
(回归课本P10)Another simple form of poem that students can easily write is the cinquain，a poem made up of five lines.
另外一种学生容易写的简体诗是由五行组成的，叫作五行诗。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①The medical team to be sent to Wenchuan county is made up of/consists of five men and two women.
这个要派往汶川县的医疗队由五男两女组成。
②The medical team made up of (＝which was made up of) two doctors and five nurses had arrived.
由两位大夫和五位护士组成的医疗队已经到达。
③(牛津P1222)After all the delays，we were anxious to make up for lost time.
耽搁了这么久，我们急着想弥补失去的时间。
④(牛津P1222)We need one more person to make up a team.
我们还需要一个人才能组成一个队。
[即境活用]
11．American Indians ________ about five percent of the US population.
A．fill up B．bring up
C．make up D．set up
解析：选C。句意：美洲印第安人大约占美国人口总数的5%。fill up 装满，填满；bring up教育，培养；提出，呕吐；make up组成，构成；编造，虚构，化妆，补足；set up竖立起来，建立，成立。
12．It suddenly occurred to Anne that money couldn’t ______ all that Bob had suffered in the past five years.
A．make up for B．look up to
C．put up with D．fit in with
解析：选A。考查动词短语。make up for“弥补”。句意：安妮突然想起金钱无法弥补鲍勃过去五年所受的罪。
句型梳理
1【教材原句】 With so many different forms of poetry to choose from，students may eventually want to write poems of their own.(P11)
因为有许多不同类型的诗可以选择，学生们可能最后都想写他们自己的诗歌了。
【句法分析】 句中的with so many different forms of poetry to choose from 为with的复合结构作状语。
“with＋宾语＋宾语补足语”称为with复合结构，可位于句首或句尾，常作时间、原因、方式、伴随状语，亦可作后置定语。
结构如下：
(1)with＋宾语＋doing (doing表主动或正在进行)
(2)with＋ 宾语＋adj.(adj.表状态)
(3)with＋宾语＋adv.(adv.表状态)
(4)with＋宾语＋done (done表完成或被动)
(5)with＋宾语＋介词短语
(6)with＋宾语＋to do (to do表将来，有时用主动形式表示被动意义)
①With time passing，they have grown into big boys and big girls.随着时间的流逝，他们都长成大小伙子和大姑娘了。
②He came downstairs with his coat over his arm.
他把外套搭在胳膊上走下楼来。
③With ten minutes to go，you’d better hurry.
还有10分钟，你最好快点。
④“I think we can leave with our heads held high，”Kate said.
凯特说，“我认为我们可以高昂着头离开”。
[即境活用]
13．John received an invitation to dinner，and with his work________，he gladly accepted it.
A．finished B．finishing
C．having finished D．was finished
解析：选A。句意：约翰收到一份宴请函而且他的工作也干完了，他就欣然接受了邀请。根据句意，工作应该是被完成，所以确定A、D。在with复合结构中，所缺部分作宾语补足语，D项只能作谓语。故选A。with的复合结构是高考的重点之一，因此要牢记它的基本结构并能熟练应用。
14．(东城检测)With the college entrance examination________near，both the parents and the students are more and more anxious.
A．draws B．drawn
C．drawing D．is drawing
解析：选C。考查with的复合结构。With the college entrance examination drawing near是with的复合结构，the college entrance examination与draw near之间是主动关系，此处该结构的意思是“随着高考的临近”。
15．(20高考山东卷)The living room is clean and tidy，with a dining table already ________for a meal to be cooked.
A．laid B．laying
C．to lay D．being laid
解析：选A。lay“摆放，搁”，与其逻辑主语table是动宾关系，already表明动作已经完成。表示被动和完成，应该用动词的过去分词形式。
2【教材原句】 There are various reasons why people write poetry.(P10)
人们写诗有许多原因。
【句法分析】 (1)本句为主从复合句。why people write poetry作reasons的定语。关系副词why 在定语从句中作原因状语，可用for which代替。
①Tom should tell me the reason why he was late for our date this morning.
汤姆应该告诉我他今天上午约会迟到的原因。(why作原因状语)
②Did you hear the reason(that)he gave for being late?
你听到他为迟到而找的理由了吗？(that作宾语)
(2)注意句型The reason why...is that...……的原因是……
③The reason why we don’t trust him is that he often lies.
我们不信任他的原因是因为他时常说谎。
④The reason why he whispered to me was that he was afraid to be heard by others.
他和我窃窃私语的原因是他害怕被别人听到。
⑤The reason why he was absent was that he was ill.
他缺席的原因是因为他病了。
[即境活用]
16．Jack had no confidence and courage at that time.That was the reason ________he gave up the plan.
A．why B．when
C．what D．how
解析：选A。reason作为先行词后跟定语从句时，如定语从句中缺少状语时用关系副词why。
17．Is this the reason ________at the meeting for his carelessness in his work?
A．he explained
B．what he explained
C．how he explained
D．why he explained
解析：选A。此题考查定语从句，排除B、C两项。explain为及物动词，其句式为explain sth.to sb.，通过分析可知，定语从句中缺少宾语，故应用关系代词which或that或省略。
（小周）
篇18：届高考英语顶尖学案：新课标人教版Unit 4 Earthquakes 地震(新课标版高考复习英语下册教案教学设计)
核心词汇
1．The firemen____________(营救)three women from the burning house.
2．He couldn’t help____________(爆发)into tears when he saw his mother again.
3．Unluckily，the house that we talked about is in____________(废墟)．
4. The soldiers____________(使陷入困境)their enemies and forced them to give in.
5．I find it hard to____________(判断)how the election will go.
6．On arriving there，we expressed our____________(祝贺)to him on his success.
7．We were____________(震惊)at their terrible working conditions.
8．The umbrella is a poor____________(避身处)from heavy rain.
9．Thousands of people died in the earthquake，and many children became homeless because of the natural____________(灾难)．
10．On seeing the ____________ scene，the little girl was so ____________ that she burst out crying.(frighten)
11．Mr.Wang couldn’t____________himself clearly when he heard the news，but I could tell from his____________that he was very upset.(express)
12．____________from what he said just now，he must be an honest man.On the contrary，he often tells a lie，so we should not ____________a man by his appearance.(judge)
1.rescued 2.bursting 3.ruins 4.trapped 5.judge 6.congratulations 7.shocked 8.shelter 9.disaster 10.frightening；frightened 11.express；expression,12.Judging；judge
高频短语
1．________________ 立刻；马上
2．________________ 好像；仿佛
3．________________ 结束；终结
4．________________ 严重受损；破败不堪
5．________________ 掘出；发现
6．________________ 许多；大量的
7．________________ 刮走
8．________________ 代替；而不是
9．________________ 陷入
10．________________ 埋头于
1.right away 2.as if 3.at an end 4.in ruins 5.dig out 6.a(great)number of 7.blow away 8.instead of 9.be trapped in 10.be buried in
重点句式
1．________________the world was at an end!
仿佛到了世界末日！
2．Thousands of families were killed and many children________________.
成千上万的家庭被毁，许多孩子成了孤儿。
3．____________people who were killed or injured reached more than 400,000.
死伤人数达到40多万。
4．____________they looked nearly everything was destroyed.
人们无论朝哪里看，哪里的一切都几乎被毁了。
5．____________hope was____________lost.
不是所有的希望都破灭了。
6．The army organized teams to____________were trapped and to bury__________.
解放军组成小分队，将受困的人们挖出来，并将死者掩埋。
知识详解
1.It seemed as if 2.were left without parents 3.The number of 4.Everywhere 5.All；not 6.dig out those who；the dead
1.burst vt.& vi. (使)爆裂；(使)裂开；(使)炸开；突然出现；爆发 n． 突然破裂；爆发
(回归课本P26)In the city，the water pipes in some buildings cracked and burst.
在市内，有些建筑物的水管爆裂开来。
12
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(牛津P261)He felt he would burst with anger and shame.
他恼羞成怒，都要气炸了。
②(牛津P261)Firefighters burst the door open and rescued them.
消防队员撞开门，把他们救了出来。
③Scarcely had she heard the news about the death of Michael Jackson when she burst out crying/burst into tears.
她一听到迈克尔杰克逊死亡的消息，就失声痛哭起来。
[即境活用]
1．完成句子
(1)他没敲门就闯进房间。
He ________ ________ ________ ________without knocking at the door.
答案：burst into the room
(2)我走了进去，所有的人都突然放声大笑起来。
I walked in and everyone________ ________ ________.
答案：burst out laughing
2.injure vt. 损害；伤害
(回归课本P26)Twothirds of them died or were injured during the earthquake.
他们中有2/3在地震中伤亡。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(朗文P1065)Two men were severely injured trying to save a 5yearold girl from a pit bull.
两名男子奋力从比特犬嘴下救出一名五岁小女孩时身受重伤。
②Your words may injure her pride.
你的话也许会伤她的自尊。
③The injured were sent to hospital right away.
伤员被立即送往医院。
[易混辨析]
wound，injure，hurt，harm
(1)wound一般指外伤，如枪伤、刀伤，尤指战争、战斗中受伤。
(2)injure一般指由于意外或事故造成的损伤，其宾语常为健康、成就、容貌等，强调功能的损失。
(3)hurt可以指肉体上的伤害，也可以指精神上的伤害，特指伴有疼痛的肉体上的伤害；作不及物动词时，是“痛”的意思。
(4)harm用于肉体或精神上的伤害均可，有时可指引起不安或不便。
①About 50 people were seriously wounded in the attack.
②One of the players injured his knee and had to be carried off.
③What really hurt me was that he never answered my letters.
④Don’t harm your eyes by reading in dim light.
[高效记忆]
[即境活用]
2．Unfortunately，at least 20 miners were killed,22________and 13 ________ in the coal mine gas explosion.
A．injuring；trapping
B．injured；trapped
C．injured；trapping
D．injuring；trapped
解析：选B。考查省略和被动语态。miners与injure和trap之间都是被动关系，所以句子要用被动语态。该句是一个省略句，补充完整为：Unfortunately，at least...,22 miners were injured and 13 miners were trapped in the...。句意：不幸的是，在这起煤矿瓦斯爆炸中，至少有20人死亡，22人受伤，13人被困。
3.ruin n．[U] 毁坏；毁灭；崩溃 n．[C](pl.) 废墟；遗迹 v． (使)破产；(使)堕落；毁灭
(回归课本P26)In fifteen terrible seconds a large city lay in ruins.
在可怕的15秒内，一座大城市就成为一片废墟。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(牛津P1747)That one mistake ruined his chances of getting the job.
正是这个错误断送了他得到那份工作的机会。
②(牛津P1747)Years of fighting have left the area in ruins.
经年的战事已经使得这个地区满目疮痍。
③The war brought the country to ruin.
战争毁灭了这个国家。
[即境活用]
3．It rained for two weeks on end，completely________our holiday.
A．ruined B．to ruin
C．ruining D．was ruined
解析：选C。句意：大雨连续不停地下了两周，完全毁了我们的假期。ruining为现在分词作状
语，表结果。
4．________is no wonder that the building is________now；it was so big a fire last night.
A．It；in ruins B．That；in ruins
C．There；in ruins D．It；in ruin
解析：选A。“It is no wonder that...”是固定句
式，表示“难怪……”；be/lay in ruins是固定短
语，意为“成为废墟”。
4.bury vt. 埋葬，掩埋；隐藏；使沉浸，使专心；插入，刺入
(回归课本P26)The army organized teams to dig out those who were trapped and to bury the dead.
救援部队组成小分队，将受困的人们挖出来，并将死者掩埋。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(牛津P262)Their ambitions were finally dead and buried.
他们的雄心壮志最终被埋葬了。
②(牛津P262)He buried his face in his hands and wept.
他双手掩面而泣。
③(牛津P262)Since she left，he’s buried himself in his work.
自从她走后，他全心扑在工作上。
④She had learnt to bury her feelings.
她已经学会了感情不外露。
[即境活用]
5．他埋头学习，不知道其他人都早已离开了。
________ ________ ________ ________，he didn’t know that all the others had left.
答案：Buried/Absorbed in his study
5.judge v． 断定；判断；判决
n． 裁判员；法官；评判员
(回归课本P30)Your speech was heard by a group of five judges，all of whom agreed that it was the best one this year.
五个裁判听了你的演讲，他们都同意这是今年最好的演讲。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(牛津P1098)Don’t judge a book by its cover.
勿以貌取人。
②(牛津P1098)Judging by her last letter，they are having a wonderful time.
从她上封信看，他们过得非常愉快。
③(牛津P1098)As far as I can judge，all of them are to blame.
依我看，他们都应承担责任。
【温馨提示】 judging from/by表示“从……上看，根据……来判断”，用在句首时，为一个独立成分，不受句子主语和时态影响，只用现在分词作状语，而不采用过去分词的形式。
[即境活用]
6．I haven’t read all of his books before，but________from the one I have read，I think he’s a very promising writer.
A．judged B．judging
C．determining D．determined
解析：选B。judging from...是固定短语，常在句中作状语。不管它与主语是主动还是被动关系，都要用judging from形式。
7．I shall make my own________on this matter when I see the result.
A．justice B．judgement
C．intention D．conclusion
解析：选B。“作出判断”用make one’s judgement。justice公正，公平；intention打算，意图；conclusion结论，常和动词draw，reach，arrive at，come to等搭配。
6.at an end 结束；终结
(回归课本P26)It seemed as if the world was at an end!
仿佛到了世界末日！
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①The meeting was nearly at an end when I got to the meeting room.
我到达会议室时，会议快要结束了。
②By the end of last year，he had learned two thousand English words.
到去年年底为止，他已学了个英语单词。
③They decided to put an end to the quarrel.
他们决定结束争吵。
④Being out of work and having two young children，they found it impossible to make ends meet.他们失业了，还要养活两个小孩，他们发现无法维持起码的生活。
[即境活用]
8．I’m sorry to say that our food is almost________.We can’t survive if there is no one to help us.
A．by the end B．at the end
C．in the end D．at an end
解析：选D。考查介词短语辨析。by the end到……为止；at the end在……尽头；in the end最后，终于；at an end结束，终结。句意：我很遗憾地说我们的食物快没了。如果没人来帮助我们，我们就无法生存了。
7.a number of 许多，大量的
(回归课本P27)Such a great number of people died because the quake happened while they were sleeping.
那么多的人丧生是因为地震发生时人们正在睡觉。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(牛津P1367)A large number of people have applied for the job.许多人申请了这份工作。
②Helen has a great many friends indeed，but she does not think she has any she can believe in.
海伦固然有许多朋友，可是她认为没有一个是可以信任的。
③The poor girl from a small village was deeply impressed by the large quantities of food in the big city.
大城市里大量丰富的食品给这个来自小山村的穷苦的女孩留下了深刻的印象。
[易混辨析]
the number of，a number of
(1)a number of...许多；大量的，后接可数名词，在句中作主语时，谓语动词用复数形式。
(2)the number of...……的数目，后接可数名词，在句中作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。
①The number of homeless people has increased dramatically.
②A number of students want to go to college when they finish middle school.
[即境活用]
9．As you can see，the number of cars on our roads________rising these days.
A．was keepingB．keep
C．keeps D．were keeping
解析：选C。句意：正如你所见，目前道路上汽车的数量在不断增加。the number of作主语时，谓语动词用单数，可排除B、D；再根据时间状语these days可知描述的是现在的情况，所以选C。
句型梳理
1【教材原句】 It seemed as if the world was at an end！(P26)
仿佛到了世界末日！
【句法分析】 as if＝as though“仿佛；好像”可用来引导表语从句和方式状语从句。
如果所引导的从句表示的情况是真实的或是极有可能发生的情况时，句子要用陈述语气；当说话人所陈述的是不真实的或极少可能发生或存在的情况时，从句用虚拟语气。
①He kept working as if nothing had happened.
他继续工作，仿佛什么都没有发生似的。
②When a pencil is partly put into a glass of water，it looks as if it were broken.
当把铅笔的一部分放进水里时，它看上去好像断了。
③It looks as if it is going to rain.
看起来似乎要下雨。
【温馨提示】 如果as if引导的从句中的主语和主句的主语相同，且含有be动词，可省略主语和be动词，这样as if后就只剩下名词、不定式、形容词(短语)、介词短语或分词。
④She walked here and there on the playground as if(she was)looking for something.
她在操场上来回走，好像在找什么东西。
⑤The old man was lying on the ground as if(he was)hurt badly.老人躺在地上，好像伤得很厉害。
⑥He opened his mouth as if to say something.
他张开嘴好像要说什么。
[即境活用]
10．Eliza remembers everything exactly as if it________yesterday.
A．was happening B．happens
C．has happened D．happened
解析：选D。考查虚拟语气。由as if引导的从句通常用虚拟语气，再结合前面的remembers可知与现在事实相反，因此用一般过去时。故选D项。
2【教材原句】 All hope was not lost.(P26)
不是所有的希望都破灭了。
【句法分析】 (1)本句是部分否定句。当否定句中有不定代词all，both，each和含有every的合成词时，表部分否定。
①All my friends do not study well.＝Not all my friends study well.我的朋友并不个个都学习好。
②Everything is not right.
并非什么都好。
【温馨提示】 凡是具有总括意义的代词(each，everybody，everything等)、形容词(complete，whole等)和副词(completely，always，altogether等)与否定词not连用，构成部分否定，表示“不都；并非都”的意思。而no，none，never，nobody，neither，nothing，no more，no longer等表示否定意义的词与谓语一起使用就构成了全部否定。
③(年高考天津卷)Nothing in my life impressed me so deeply as my first visit to the Palace Museum.
我的一生中，印象最深的就是第一次参观故宫博物馆。
④None of us was allowed to go there.
我们全都不让去那里。
(2)be lost/gone/missing丢了，不在。
⑤With all my money lost/missing/gone，I couldn’t go home.
所有的钱都丢了，我无法回家。
⑥When he found his book gone/lost/missing，he was really upset.当他发现他的书丢了时，他的确很伤心。
[即境活用]
11．(2010年高考江西卷)Swimming is my favorite sport.There is________like swimming as a means of keeping fit.
A．something B．anything
C．nothing D．everything
解析：选C。句意：游泳是我最喜欢的运动。作为保持健康的方式，没有什么能比得上游泳了。本题考查不定代词。根据上文可知，空格处需要一个表示否定意义的词，所以C为答案。
12．-Which of the two computer games did you prefer?
-Actually I didn’t like________.
A．both of them B．either of them
C．none of them D．neither of them
解析：选B。考查代词。上文为two computer games，下文则讲两者都不喜欢，none表三者及三者以上，可以排除C项。not either在此等同于neither，符合语境。
13．I agree with most of what you said，but I don’t agree with________.
A．anything B．something
C．everything D．nothing
解析：选C。everything与否定词连用表示部分否定。
（小周）
篇19：届高考英语顶尖学案：新课标人教版Unit 1 Friendship 友谊(新课标版高考复习英语下册教案教学设计)
此学案为QQ1084591801原创整理首发，请保留此信息。（1102）
核心词汇
1．Within a few days Mary had become seriously ill，____________ (遭受)great pain.
2．She was very ____________ (心烦)to hear that she failed in the exam again.
3．It took a long time for him to ____________ (恢复)from a bad cold.
4. When I saw him in the street，I stopped and smiled，but he ____________ (不理会)me and walked on.
5．We are ____________ (感激的)to you for the help you have given us.
6．The big earthquake that happened in Yushu destroyed the town of Yushu ____________(完全地；整个地)．
7．According to the law，t are not allowed to smoke or drink.
8．All children like to play ____________ (在户外)instead of staying indoors when the weather is fine.
9．We are all ____________ about our children’s health.As far as I am ____________，lack of enough sleep ____________ the healthy growth of the children deeply.(concern)
10．After he came to____________，everyone said he was a ____________ leader，but now he felt so ____________ that he even can’t save his daughter.(power)
1．suffering 2.upset 3.recover 4.ignored 5.grateful 6．entirely 7.teenagers 8.outdoors 9.concerned；concerned；concerns 10.power；powerful；powerless
高频短语
1．________________ 合计
2．________________ (使)平静下来；(使)镇定下来
3．________________ 关心；挂念
4．________________ 经历；经受
5．________________ 放下；记下；登记
6．________________ 一连串的；一系列；一套
7．________________ 故意
8．________________ 为了……
9．________________ 在黄昏时刻
10．________________ 面对面地
11．________________ 遭受；患病
12．________________ 对……厌烦
13．________________ 将(东西)装箱打包
14．________________ 与……相处；进展
15．________________ 相爱；爱上
1．add up 2.calm(...)down 3.be concerned about
4．go through 5.set down 6.a series of 7.on purpose 8.in order to 9.at dusk 10.face to face 11.suffer from
12．get/be tired of 13.pack(sth.)up 14.get along with
15．fall in love
重点句式
1．____________________，you were careless and it got loose and was hit by a car.
遛狗时，你太粗心，一松手狗就被车撞了。
2．I wonder if ________________ I haven’t been able to be outdoors for ________ long ________ I’ve grown so ______________everything to do with nature.
我不知道这是不是因为我长久无法出门的缘故，我变得对一切与大自然有关的事物都无比狂热。
3．Your friend comes to school ________________.
你的朋友来上学时很心烦。
4．She and her family hid away for nearly twentyfive months ______________________________.
她和家人躲藏了将近25个月，后来被发现了。
5．...it was the first time in a year and a half that ________________________...
……这是我一年半以来第一次目睹夜晚……
1．While walking the dog 2.it’s because；so；that；crazy about 3.very upset 4.before they were discovered 5.I’d seen the night face to face
知识详解
1 add vt.& vi. 增加；添加；补充说
(回归课本P1) Add up your score and see how many points you get.
把你的分数加起来看看你能得多少分。
15
[归纳拓展]
(1) add up sth./add sth.up把……加起来
add up to加起来共计/达(不用于被动语态)
add to增加；增添
(2) add sth.to sth.把……加到/进……里
add that补充说
[例句探源]
① (牛津P22)Add up all the money I owe you.
把我欠你的钱全部加起来。
②(牛津P22)The bad weather only added to our difficulties.
恶劣的天气只是增加了我们的困难。
③He added that he was satisfied with the talk.
他补充说他对会谈很满意。
[即境活用]
1．The money she spends on clothes a month ________ ________ ________(加起来共计)$1,000.
答案：adds up to
2．The engine of the ship was out of order and the bad weather ________ the helplessness of the crew at sea.
A．added to B．resulted from
C．turned out D．made up
解析：选A。句意：船只马达失灵了，且恶劣的天气增加了全体船员的无助感。add to“增加，加强”；result from“由于”；turn out“结果是”；make up“编造，化妆”。
2upset adj. 心烦意乱的；不安的；不适的
vt. 使不安；使心烦；弄翻，打翻；打乱，扰乱(计划等)
(回归课本P1)Your friend comes to school very upset.
你朋友来上学时很心烦。
[归纳拓展]
(1)be upset about/over/at sth.为某事烦心
(2) (sth.)upset sb.(某事)使某人心烦意乱
(sb.)upset sth.(某人)打/弄翻某物
upset a plan打乱计划
upset oneself about sth.使某人为某事烦恼
[例句探源]
①He was greatly upset at the news that his father was seriously ill.父亲病重的消息让他很不安。
②(朗文P1696)Our plans were upset by the sudden change in the weather.
我们的计划由于天气的突然变化给打乱了。
③His strange behaviour upset his father.
他的奇怪行为使他父亲很心烦。
[即境活用]
3．完成句子
(1)There is no point ________ ________ ________ ________ ________(为此事烦恼)．
答案：in getting upset about it
(2)________ ________ ________ ________ ________(你别为这事烦恼了)．
-Let’s just forget it.
答案：Don’t upset yourself about it
3concern n． [U]关心，担忧；[C]关心的人(或)事
vt. 涉及，关系到，参与；使担心，使操心
(回归课本P1)You will tell your friend that you are concerned about him/her and you will meet after class and talk then.
你会告诉你的朋友你关心他/她，下课后你们会见面谈谈。
[归纳拓展]
It is no concern of mine/yours.这不关我/你的
事。
show/express concern about/for对……表示关
心/担心
as/so far as...be concerned就……而言；
依……之见
be concerned about/for sth.担心……；
关心……
be concerned in/with与……有关
be concerned over/at sth.为某事忧虑
(3)concern oneself about/for担忧；关心
[例句探源]
①(朗文P302)How much money I earn is none of your concern.
我挣多少钱与你无关。
②His mother is always concerned about his future and his happiness.他的妈妈常为他的前途和幸福担心。
③(朗文P302)As far as we’re concerned you can go whenever you want.
就我们而言，你们随时想走都可以走。
④I’m not concerned with that matter any longer.
我和那件事再也没有关系了。
[即境活用]
4．What the public is ________ about is whether medical workers and scientists will be able to find a cure for this new disease in a short time.
A．concerning
B．concern
C．concerned
D．to concern
解析：选C。句意：公众关心的是医疗工作者和科学家们能否在短期内找到治疗这种新疾病的方法。be concerned about 担心，关心；concerning为介词，意为“关于”，与题意不符。
5．The meeting was concerned ________ reforms and everyone present was concerned ________ their own interests.
A．with；for B．with；with
C．for；about D．about；with
解析：选A。句意：会议与改革有关，出席会议的每个人都担心个人利益。be concerned with“与……有关”；be concerned for/about“担心，关心”。
4calm vt.& vi. 使平(镇)静；(使)镇定
adj.平静的；镇静的；沉着的
(回归课本P1)You will ignore the bell and go somewhere quiet to calm your friend down.
你不理会上课铃，而是去安静的地方安慰你的朋友。
[归纳拓展]
calm(sb.)down(使某人)平静下来；镇静下来
stay/keep/be calm保持镇静
[例句探源]
①He is terribly excited.We must try to calm him down.
他太激动了，我们必须想办法使他平静下来。
②Calm down.There is nothing to worry about!
安静下来吧。没有什么可担忧的。
③He kept calm in face of great danger.
面临巨大危险，他还是保持镇静。
[易混辨析]
calm，quiet，silent，still
calm平静的，沉着的；指无风浪或人的心情不激动。
quiet 宁静的，安静的；指没有声音、不吵闹或心里没有烦恼、焦虑。
silent 寂静的，沉默的；指不说话或没有声音。
still 静止的，不动的；指(人体等)无运动的。
[即境活用]
6．用calm；quiet；still；silent填空：
(1)The sea was ________ after the storm.
答案：calm
(2)The officer asked the soldier to keep ________.
答案：still
(3)She is a shy girl and always keeps ________in class.
答案：silent
(4)Please keep ________ when you’re listening to the lecture.
答案：quiet
5suffer v． 遭受；忍受；经历
(回归课本P4)She suffered from loneliness，but she had to learn to like it there.
她感到孤独，但她得学会喜欢住在那里。
[归纳拓展]
(1) suffer pain/defeat/loss/poverty/hunger/
punishment...遭受……，蒙受……
suffer from... 受……折磨，受……之苦
(2) sufferer n．患病者，受苦者，受难者
suffering n．(指肉体或精神上遭受的)痛
苦，疼痛，困难
[例句探源]
①He looked very pale，and seemed to have suffered a great deal.
他看起来脸色苍白，好像很痛苦。
②The people in the flooded area are suffering (from) cold and hunger.
发生洪水地区的人们正忍饥挨冻。
③The factory suffered a great loss in the fire.
这家工厂在大火中遭受了重大损失。
[即境活用]
7．________ such a heavy loss，the businessman didn’t have the courage to go on.
A．Having suffered B．Suffering
C．To suffer D．Suffered
解析：选A。句意：遭受了严重损失之后，那位商人没有勇气继续做生意了。因为“遭受重创”先发生，故用现在分词的完成式。
8．As a result of the severe earthquake in Yushu，the whole city ________ great losses.
A．have suffered from B．suffered
C．have suffered D．suffered from
解析：选B。suffer作及物动词，意为“受苦(痛、损失等)”，其后常跟抽象名词，如pain，loss，grief等。suffer from后常跟某种疾病，意为“受……折磨，受……之苦”。
6 go through 经历，经受；仔细检查；完成；用完
(回归课本P2)Or are you afraid that your friend would laugh at you，or would not understand what you are going through？
或者害怕你的朋友嘲笑你，或者不理解你正经历的事情？
[归纳拓展]
go against 违反，与……不符
go ahead 先走；开始做，着手干
go by 逝去，过去
go on 上场；继续；流逝
go over 检查
[例句探源]
①(牛津P873)I always start the day by going through my email.
我每天第一件事就是看电子邮件。
②The poor girl has gone through such a lot since her parents died.
那可怜的女孩自从父母过世后历经了许多苦难。
③I went through the students’ papers last night.
昨晚我仔细阅读了学生的论文。
[即境活用]
9．完成句子
(1)她经历了这一切后怎么还能满脸笑容？
How does she keep smiling after all she’s ________ ________？
答案：gone through
(2)我把所有的口袋都找遍了，就是找不到我的钥匙。
I have ________ ________ all my pockets but I can’t find my keys.
答案：gone through
7get along with 与……相处；进展
(回归课本P6)I’m getting along well with a boy in my class.
我跟我们班的一个男生相处得很好。
[归纳拓展]
get down to 认真做，开始着手做
get over 克服，摆脱
get rid of 消灭，摆脱，除掉
get through (电话)接通；用完；通过
[例句探源]
①He’s a person who’s not easy to get along well with.
他是一个不好相处的人。
②(高考四川卷)I used to quarrel a lot with my parents，but now we get along fine.
我过去常与父母争吵，但现在我们相处得很好。
③Believe in yourself.You will get over the difficulty.
相信自己，你会克服困难的。
[即境活用]
10．完成句子
(1)--你的英语课学得怎么样？
-________ are you ________ ________ ________your English lessons?
--很好。
-Very well.
答案：How；getting on/along with
(2)他和办公室的人相处得不好。
He doesn’t ________ ________ ________ ________anybody in the office.
答案：get along well with
8in order to 为了……，以便……
(回归课本P2)...I stayed awake on purpose until half past eleven in order to have a good look at the moon by myself.
……我熬到十一点半故意不睡觉，为的是独自好好看看月亮。
[例句探源]
①He must learn English better in order to do his work well.
为了干好工作，他必须把英语学得更好些。
②In order to get up early，he had to set his clock at six.
为了早些起床，他只好把钟表定时在六点。
[易混辨析]
in order to，so as to，in order that，so that
(1)in order to引导的不定式短语既可以位于句首，又可置于句中。
(2)so as to引导的不定式短语只可置于句中，不可位于句首。
(3)in order to和so as to的否定形式是在to前加not，即in order not to，so as not to。
(4)so that(in order that)引导目的状语从句，从句中的谓语动词前常带may，might，can，could等情态动词。由in order to或so as to引导的状语，若不定式的逻辑主语与主句的主语一致，可用so that或in order that从句。
①In order to be noticed，he shouted and waved to us.
②He decided to work harder in order to/so as to catch up with the others.
③Jack hurried in order not to/so as not to be late for the party.
④We started early so that(in order that)we could catch the early bus.
＝We started early in order to(so as to)catch the early bus.
＝In order to catch the early bus，we started early.
句型梳理
1【教材原句】 Your friend comes to school very upset.(P1)
你的朋友来上学时很心烦。
【句法分析】 upset adj.意为“心烦的；沮丧的”。在该句中为形容词作伴随状语。类似这种用法的词有：tired，hungry，awake...
①He arrived home，tired and hungry.
他回到了家，又累又饿。
②A young lady lay in the bed，awake.
一位妇女躺在床上，醒着。
[即境活用]
11．________ and happy，Tony stood up and accepted the prize.
A．SurprisingB．Surprised
C．Being surprised D．To be surprising
解析：选B。考查形容词用法。surprised and happy是形容词短语作伴随状语。如果把原句改为“Tony stood up and accepted the prize，surprised and happy.”就容易理解了。
12．We found the old man lying in bed，________.
A．coldly and hungrily B．cold and hungry
C．coldly and hungry D．cold and hungrily
解析：选B。此题考查形容词作伴随状语的用法。在英语中，单个的形容词或者形容词短语可以用来作状语表示伴随或者结果，并不表达动词的方式。如：He returned home，safe and sound.他平安到家。
2【教材原句】 She and her family hid away for nearly twentyfive months before they were discovered.(P2)
她与家人躲藏了将近二十五个月才被抓住。
【句法分析】 before conj.用以表示从句动作发生之前的时间，译法灵活。
(1)强调从句动作发生在主句之前，意为“不等……就……”。
①-Why didn’t you tell him about the meeting?
你为什么不把会议的事情告诉他？
-He rushed out of the room before I could say a word.
我还没来得及说一句话他就冲出了房间。
(2)在“It＋be＋时间段＋before从句”中，意为“……之后才……”。
②(牛津P163)It was some time before I realized the truth.
过了很长一段时间我才悟出真相。
(3)在“It＋be＋否定形式＋long＋before从句”中，意为“……不久就……”。
③(高考陕西卷)John thinks it won’t be long before he is ready for his new job.
约翰认为他不久就会为新工作做好准备了。
(4)在特定的情景中，意为“趁着……”。
④I must write it down before I forget it.
趁着还没忘，我把它记下来。
[即境活用]
13．完成句子
(1)大火持续了大约四个小时，消防人员才得以控制住。
The fire lasted about four hours ________ ________ ________ ________ ________ ________.
答案：before the firefighters could control it
(2)不久他就告诉了我这件事情。
________ ________ ________ ________ ________ he told me about it.
答案：It was not long before
篇20：届高考英语顶尖学案：新课标人教版Unit 1 Art 艺术(新课标版高考复习英语下册教案教学设计)
核心词汇
1．We may talk of beautiful things，but beauty itself is ____________(抽象的)．
2．He made an ____________(试图)to escape before he could be punished.
3．The police are ____________(呼吁)to the public for information about the accident.
4. The company is excellent，and its customers have ____________(信任)in the quality of its products.
5．You made the wrong decision，and must face the ____________(后果)now.
6．What a ____________(巧合)that we were in the same hotel at the same time!
7．The purpose of new ____________(技术)is to make life easier，not to make it more difficult.
8．New teaching methods have been____________(采用)to improve the result of education.
9．It is ____________(典型的)of the young man to think of himself before others.
10．Earthquakes can’t be prevented，but they can be ____________(预测)．
11．As a rich businessman，he was thought to ____________ a great deal of ____________.(possess)
12．用aim的适当形式填空
(1)The trouble with Bill was that he never had a specific ____________in life.
(2)Not knowing where to go，he wandered ____________on the street.
(3)This activity is ____________ at improving the students’ability of listening and speaking.
1．abstract 2.attempt 3.appealing 4.faith 5.consequences 6.coincidence 7.techniques 8.adopted 9.typical 10.predicted 11.possess；possession 12.(1)aim (2)aimless (3)aimed
高频短语
1．________________ 也；还；而且
2．________________ 巧合地
3．________________ 大量
4．________________ 导致
5．________________ 大量，许多
6．________________ (可是)另一方面
7．________________ 活着的；本人
8．________________ 偏爱
9．________________ (对某人)有吸引力；(使某人)感兴趣
1.as well as 2.by coincidence 3.a great deal 4.lead to 5.scores of... 6.on the other hand 7.in the flesh
8.have a preference for 9.appeal to
重点句式
1．By coincidence，oil paints were also developed at this time，which ________ the colours used in paintings look richer and deeper.
巧合的是，这一时期油画颜料也得到了发展，使得画的颜色看上去更丰富、更深沉。
2．At the time they were created，the Impressionist paintings were controversial，but today they are accepted as the beginning of ______________________.
在印象派作品的创建初期，它们是存在着争议的，但是如今已被人们接受而成为我们现在所说的“现代艺术”的始祖了。
3．______________________who broke away from the traditional style of painting were the Impressionists，who lived and worked in Paris.
在那些突破传统画法的画家中有生活和工作在法国巴黎的印象派画家。
4．Many art lovers would rather visit this small art gallery than any other in New York.Henry Clay Frick，a rich New Yorker，died in 1919，________ his house，furniture and art collection to the American people.
许多艺术爱好者宁愿参观这座小小的艺术画廊也不去纽约其他的画廊。亨利克莱弗里克是纽约的一位富豪，于1919年去世，把他的房子、家具和艺术收藏品全部留给了美国人民。
知识详解
1. made 2.what we call“modern art” 3.Among the painters 4.leaving
1aim n． 瞄准；目标，目的
v． 瞄准，对准，旨在
(回归课本P2)During the Middle Ages，the main aim of painters was to represent religious themes.
在中世纪，画家的主要目的是表现宗教主题。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(牛津P42) She went to London with the aim of finding a job.
她去伦敦是为了找工作。
②(牛津P42)Teamwork is required in order to achieve these aims.
要达到这些目标需要齐心协力。
③This activity is aimed at improving the students’ ability of listening and speaking.
这项活动的目的是提高学生的听说能力。
④He aimed to catch the last bus so that he could get home in time for supper.
他想赶最后一班公共汽车，好及时赶回家吃晚饭。
[即境活用]
1．The education program________combining brain work with manual labor is being widely spread throughout the country.
A．to aim at B．aims at
C．having aimed at D．aimed at
解析：选D。考查非谓语动词。分析句子成分可知，该句子主干为The education program is being widely spread throughout the country.题干中的“________combining brain work with manual labor”为主语的后置定语，D项符合，这里的aimed at可以看做“(that/which is) aimed at”的省略形式。
2．They will start their project，________at helping the poor children to be educated in the west of China.
A．aims B．aiming
C．being aimed D．aimed
解析：选B。由句子结构可知空格处应选一分词形式作状语，另由句子主语they与动词aim的主谓关系可知应选aiming表主动。
2adopt vt. 采用；采纳；收养
(回归课本P2)People began to concentrate less on religious themes and adopt a more humanistic attitude to life.
人们开始淡化宗教主题，并且采纳更人性化的人生态度。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(牛津P27)She was forced to have her baby adopted.
她被迫把婴儿给人收养。
②The schools must adopt new methods of teaching foreign languages.学校应采用新的外语教学法。
③The kind woman adopted the orphan as her own son.
那位好心女士将那个孤儿收养为自己的儿子。
④Many people are eager to adopt the children losing their parents.
许多人都期望可以收养失去双亲的孩子。
⑤The film was adapted from the popular novel for children.
这部影片是为了孩子们而从一本很受欢迎的小说改编来的。
[即境活用]
3．用adopt；adapt的正确形式填空：
(1)The young couple had no children of their own and ________ an orphan.After a few months，the child came to ________ to his new life.
答案：adopted；adapt
(2)The doctor advised Mr.Wang，who is a heavy smoker，to________a healthier way of life.
答案：adopt
(3)His __________ son went abroad for further education last week.
答案：adopted
3possession n． 占有，拥有，所有；所有物，财产，财富(pl.)
(回归课本P2)They paid famous artists to paint pictures of themselves，their houses and possessions as well as their activities and achievements.
他们出价聘请著名艺术家来为自己画像，画自己的房屋和其他财物以及他们的活动和成就。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(陕西高考)Technical progress would put our firm in possession of the home market.
科技的进步使我们公司占有了国内市场。
②When her father died，she came into possession of a large fortune.父亲去世后，她继承了一大笔财产。
③Having been cheated by that company，he lost all his possessions.被那家公司所骗，他失去了所有的财产。
④-Does the young man standing there have possession of the company?
站在那儿的那个年轻人拥有这个公司吗？
-NO.The company is in the possession of his father.
不，他父亲拥有这个公司。
⑤(牛津P1542)You can’t legally take possession of the property until three weeks after the contract is signed.
契约签署三周以后，你才能合法取得这份产业的所有权。
⑥(牛津P1542)I’m afraid he doesn’t possess a sense of humour.
恐怕他没有什么幽默感。
[即境活用]
4．-How did you ________the old valuable house?
-It used to be________my uncle.He left it to me in his will.
A．take possession of；in possession of
B．take the possession of；in the possession of
C．take possession of；in the possession of
D．take the possession of；in possession of
解析：选C。take possession of “拥有”为固定短语；第二空的主语为it即the house，所以使用表示被动的in the possession of。
5．Of the two paintings，Mr.Black chose the cheaper one out of ________，though it was not the work of a famous painter.
A．possession B．technique
C．adjustment D．preference
解析：选D。preference 意为“喜爱，偏爱”。句意：在这两幅画中，布莱克先生出于偏爱选择了便宜的，尽管它不是出自名家之手。
4attempt n． 努力；尝试；企图
vt. 尝试，企图
(回归课本P3)On the one hand，some modern art is abstract；that is，the painter does not attempt to paint objects as we see them with our eyes...
一方面，有些现代艺术是抽象的，也就是说，画家并不打算把我们眼睛看到的东西如实地画出来……
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(江苏高考)A man is being questioned in relation to the attempted murder last night.
与昨晚企图谋杀有关的一位男子正在被审问。
②(牛津P110)I passed my driving test at the first attempt.
我考汽车驾驶执照一次就通过了。
③The boys made an attempt to leave for camping but were stopped by their parents.
男孩子们想去野营但被他们的父母们拦住了。
④Every time I attempted to persuade her，I failed completely.每一次我都试图说服他，但全然不起作用。
[即境活用]
6．完成句子
(1)大卫对化学考试做了充分的准备以致于他第一次尝试就能通过。
David had prepared carefully for the chemistry exam so that he could be sure of passing it ________ ________ ________ ________.
答案：at his first attempt
(2)Charlie ________ ________ ________ ________ ________(试图道歉) for what he had done，but his classmates wouldn’t even talk to him.
答案：made an attempt to apologize
5figure n． 数字；身材，体形；人物
(回归课本P4)the art of making figures，objects，etc.out of stone，wood，clay，etc.
用石头、木头、陶土等制作的人物、物体的艺术
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①Every woman wants a slim figure these days，especially here in Canada.如今，每个女性都想拥有苗条的身材，在加拿大尤其如此。
②She does exercise every morning to keep her figure.
她每天早上做运动以保持体形。
③In the ricegrowing world，the Chinese scientist，Yuan Longping，is a leading figure.
在水稻种植领域，中国科学家袁隆平是一位杰出人士。
④(朗文P759)I could hear them talking but I couldn’t figure out what they are saying.
我能听见他们在说话，但就是听不清他们在说什么。
即境活用
7．The present situation is very complex，so I think it will take me some time to ________its reality.
A．make up B．figure out
C．look through D．put off
解析：选B。make up组成；化妆；编造；figure out理解，弄清楚；look through浏览；put off推迟。句意：目前的形势非常复杂，因此我认为要花费我一段时间来弄清楚它的真实性。
8．The girl is careful to choose her food because she wants very much to ________ ________ ________(保持身材)．
答案：keep her figure
6appeal vi. 有感染力；呼吁；求助
vt. 将……上诉
n． 呼吁；恳求
(回归课本P6)It will appeal to those who love Impressionist and PostImpressionist paintings.
展览吸引印象派和印象派作品的爱好者。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①The police appealed to the public for any information about the murder.
警方呼吁群众提供所有和这起谋杀案有关的情况。
②It is important to always try to appeal to the way the audience will react.
有一点很重要，无论什么时候都要努力迎合观众的反应方式。
③In fact，what appeals to me about her painting is not the style but the colours she uses.
事实上，使我对她的画感兴趣的不是画的风格而是她所运用的色彩。
④Bob launched an urgent appeal for the famine victims.
鲍勃发出了援助饥民的紧急呼吁。
[即境活用]
9．(2010年高考安徽卷)-How did you like Nick’s performance last night?
-To be honest，his singing didn’t ________to me much.
A．appeal B．belong
C．refer D．occur
解析：选A。句意：--你觉得Nick昨天晚上表演得怎么样？--说实话，他的演唱对我没多大吸引力。appeal to sb.-attract or interest sb.(对……有吸引力)，符合句意。
7by coincidence 巧合地
(回归课本P2)By coincidence，oil paints were also developed at this time，which made the colours used in paintings look richer and deeper.
巧合的是，这一时期油画颜料也得到了发展，它使得绘画的色彩看上去更丰富、更深沉。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(上海高考)It can’t be a(n)coincidence that four jewelry stores were robbed in one night.
四家珠宝店在一夜被抢劫一定不是巧合。
②(牛津P375)By coincidence，I met the person we’d been discussing the next day.
真是巧了，我在第二天就遇见了我们一直在谈论的那个人。
③(牛津P375)It’s not a coincidence that none of the directors are women.
没有一位董事是女性，这并非偶然。
④What a coincidence！I wasn’t expecting to see you here.
真巧！我没料到会在这里见到你。
[即境活用]
10．完成句子
(1)她正好在那个时候出现真是巧合。
It was ________ ________ ________ that she appeared at that exact moment.
答案：rather a coincidence
(2)真巧，我和我的同桌同年同日生，我们有很多共同之处。
________ ________，my deskmate and I were born on the same day and same year，so we have a lot in common.
答案：By coincidence
8a great deal 许多；大量
(回归课本P2)In the late 19th century，Europe changed a great deal，from a mostly agricultural society to a mostly industrial one.
19世纪后期，欧洲发生了巨大的变化，从以农业为主的社会变成了以工业为主的社会。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①Joan passed her exam，which surprised me a great deal.
琼通过了考试，这让我很惊讶。
②(朗文P516)I’ve spent a good deal of time thinking about the project.
我花了大量的时间来考虑这个项目。
③(朗文P516)He knows a great deal more about computers than I do.
他的计算机知识比我丰富得多。
④Most of the young men went off to the war，and a great many never came back.
大部分年轻人上了战场，其中许多人再没有回来。
[即境活用]
11．I recognized her as soon as I met her at the airport though we hadn’t seen each other for ages and she had changed________.
A．a large amountB．a great many
C．a great deal D. a lot of
解析：选C。a great deal意为“大量，许多”，可作状语，用于修饰动词、形容词和副词。句意：虽然我们很久没有见面，但我在机场一见到她就认出她来了，她变化很大。其余选项不可作状语修饰动词。
12．We will have to work________faster in order to complete our task on time.
A．a great deal of B．a great deal
C．a great many of D．a great many
解析：选B。考查短语辨析。a great deal大量，可单独使用，也可以用在比较级前。a great deal of只能修饰不可数名词，表示“大量的”，a great many (of)修饰可数名词。
13．________work has been done to improve the people’s living standard.
A．Many B．A great many
C．A great deal of D．A large number of
解析：选C。本题考查表示“大量的”的限定词的具体用法。通过对选项进行分析，发现A、B和D三项后必须接可数名词的复数形式，a great deal of后接不可数名词，然后找到关键词work，便知正确答案为C项。
9on the other hand (可是)另一方面(常与on the one hand 对应使用)
(回归课本P3)On the other hand，some paintings of modern art are so realistic that they look like photographs.
而另一方面，有些现代派的艺术作品却是那么写实，看上去就像一幅幅照片。
[归纳拓展]
[例句探源]
①(牛津P922)On the one hand they’d love to have kids，but on the other(hand)，they don’t want to give up their freedom.
一方面他们想要孩子，但是另一方面，他们又不想放弃自由自在的生活。
②Many college graduates are out of work now，but on the other hand，they won’t take jobs that do not pay much.现在许多大学毕业生没有工作，但另一方面，他们又不愿意干薪水低的工作。
③I’m not going to buy it；for one thing I don’t like the colour，and for another it’s far too expensive.
我不买这东西：一是我不喜欢这颜色，二是它太贵了。
[即境活用]
14．I would like a job which pays more，but ________I enjoy the work I’m doing at the moment.
A．in other words B．on the other hand
C．for one thing D．as a matter of fact
解析：选B。根据but前后的内容可知，前后分句构成的是对比关系，故用on the other hand来表示对比。in other words意为“换句话说”；for one thing意为“一则”，常与for another 连用；as a matter of fact意为“事实上”。
句型梳理
【教材原句】 By coincidence，oil paints were also developed at this time，which made the colours used in paintings look richer and deeper. (P2)
巧合的是，这一时期油画颜料也得到了发展，使得画的颜色看上去更丰富、更深沉。
【句法分析】 本句为复合句，含有which引导的非限制性定语从句，对前面的整个句子进行限定。
①The elephant is like a snake，which everybody can see.
任何人都看得出，这头大象像条蛇。
②A big earthquake occurred in Yushu，which was reported on TV.
据电视报道，玉树发生了大地震。
③Tom was late again，which made the boss very angry.
汤姆又迟到了，这使老板非常生气。
[即境活用]
15．(2010年高考四川卷)After graduating from college，I took some time off to go travelling，________turned out to be a wise decision.
A．that B．which
C．when D．where
解析：选B。句意：大学毕业之后，我休息了一段时间去旅游，结果证明这是一个明智的决定。本题考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知第二个逗号后是一非限制性定语从句，排除A项；定语从句缺主语，排除C、D两项，先行词是逗号前的整个句子，所以B为正确答案。
（小周）
【“探究学习”课堂教学模式--高三英语复习课案例 (新课标版高考复习英语下册教案教学设计)（共20篇）】相关文章：
高中历史教学工作计划2023-06-30
英语老师兼班主任工作计划2023-01-16
高三老师个人教学计划2023-06-07
语文教师年终工作总结2023-05-28
初二第一学期地理教学计划2022-04-29
第二学期高一化学个人教学工作计划2024-03-15
备课组新学期工作计划2022-12-19
中学教研活动计划2023-02-22
高中地理教学课件反思2022-08-16
英语老师自我成长工作计划2022-12-01